Quarterlytics / Industrials / Conglomerates / Halma Holdings Inc

Halma Holdings Inc

hlma.l · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker hlma.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Conglomerates
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · Halma Holdings Inc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Halma p.l.c.  
Misbourne Court  
Rectory Way  
Amersham  
Bucks HP7 0DE

Tel:  +44 (0)1494 721111  
Fax:  +44 (0)1494 728032  
Web: www.halma.com

H
a
l
m
a
p
.
l
.
c
.

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

&
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
1
0

Printed on revive 50:50 silk, which contains  
50% recycled waste and 50% virgin fibre and is 
manufactured at a mill certified with iso 14001 
environmental management standard. The pulp  
used in this product is bleached using an  
Elemental Chlorine Free process. 

Printed by Halstan

Designed and produced by radley yeldar www.ry.com

To view our Annual Report & Accounts online,  
please visit: www.halma.com

ability
achieve

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g

s
T
R
A
T
E
g
Y

d
e
l
i
v
e
r
i
n
g

seCtOrs
PrOduCts
margins
resilient
f
u
t
u
r
e

fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
end customers

p
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

y
e
a
r

development
dIvIdend

P
o
s
i
T
i
o
n
potential returns
shareholder

consistency
reCent

c
o
m
p
a
n
e
s

i

s
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c

g
l
o
b
a
l

c
r
e
a
t
i
n
g

i

i

i

i

i

platforms

s
g
n
F
C
A
n
T
l
Y

e
n
v
I

n
C
R
E
A
s
n
g

a
s
s
e
t
s

t
a
r
g
e
t
e
d

growth

emerge

c
a
s
h
fl
o
w
s
management

c
o
m
p
e
t
i
t
i
v
e

r
O
n
m
e
n
t
A
l

m
o
m
e
n
t
u
m

sAfety
regulation
b
A
u
C
s
q
i
u
n
I
e
s
s
I
t
s
e
I
O
s
n
s

s
e
t
c
drivers
i
m
o
n
u
o
Asia
l
a
m
t
Organic
e
i
c
s
advantage
footprint
GenerAtes
reputation
inTEllECTuAl
gearing
fund
create
resources
defensive
Halma
record
n
e
w
non–discretionary
profits quAliTiEs
value

TECHnologiCAl
GeOGrAPHIC

R
E
q
u
R
E
M
E
n
T
s

t
r
a
c
k

diverse

n
v
e
s
t
m
e
n
t
s

p
r
o
d
u
c
t

s
t
r
o
n
g

p
u
r
c
h
a
s
e

l
e
v
e
l
s

i

i

iMPREssivE

sTARTing

e
n
A
b
l
e

s
u
s
t
a
n
e
d

i

A
c
q
u
i
r
e

HeAltH

Halma p.l.c.  
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

In summary

financial Highlights

Change

2010

2009

+1% 
+9% 
+12% 
+10% 
+14% 
+7% 

Continuing operations
Revenue  
Adjusted Profit before Taxation1 
statutory Profit before Taxation 
Adjusted Earnings per share2 
statutory Earnings per share 
Total Dividend per share3 
Return on sales4
Return on Total invested Capital5 
Return on Capital Employed5 
Pro-forma information:
1 Adjusted to remove the amortisation of acquired intangible assets of £4.8m (2009: £6.3m).
2 Adjusted to remove the amortisation of acquired intangible assets. see note 2 to the accounts for details.
3 Total dividend paid and proposed per share.
4  Return on sales is defined as adjusted1 profit before taxation from continuing operations expressed as a percentage of revenue  
from continuing operations.
5  organic growth rates, Return on Total invested Capital and Return on Capital Employed are non-gAAP performance measures  
used by management in measuring the returns achieved from the group’s asset base. see note 3 to the accounts for details.

£459.1m 
£86.2m 
£81.4m 
16.89p 
16.10p 
8.50p 
18.8% 
13.6% 
61.3% 

£455.9m 
£79.1m 
£72.8m 
15.30p 
14.07p 
7.93p 
17.3% 
13.1% 
47.7% 

Dividend paid 
and proposed (£m)

Revenue (£m)

Adjusted profit 
before taxation (£m)

Return on Sales (%)

40

30

20

10

500

400

300

200

100

100

80

60

40

20

20

15

10

5

2001

2005

2010

2001

2005

2010

2001

2005

2010

2001

2005

2010

Front cover: a tag cloud derived from our investment Proposition on page 1

In this report

Directors’ Report business review
in summary 
our Business  
our strategy  
our Resources 
our Key Performance  
indicators  
Chairman’s statement  

Chief Executive’s 
strategic Review 2010 
sector Reviews 
– infrastructure sensors   16
22
– Health and Analysis  
28
– industrial safety  

 00/01
02
04
05

06
08

10 

strategy in Action 
–   Asian Business  

Expansion  

– Capital investment 
– innovation 
– Acquisitions 
– investing in People 

14
20
26
32
42

34
Financial Review  
our Risk Factors 
40
Corporate Responsibility   44

Adding value

Accelerating  
momentum

Accomplished during  
uncertain and challenging  
economic conditions

“ Record profit and 
increased rate of 
dividend growth”

Profit 2010

1972 Group revenue
£1.6m

+9%

s
k
c
o
l
r
e
t
n
I
y
t
e
f
a
S

r
e
t
a
W

n
o
i
t
c
e
t
e
D
e
r
i
F

n
o
i
t
c
e
t
e
D
s
a
G

s
k
s
i
D
g
n
i
t
s
r
u
B

y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
d
u
l
F

i

y
t
e
f
a
S
r
o
t
a
v
e
l
E

Fiberguide Industries, Inc, a US fibre optic cables specialist, was acquired in 2008.
We injected capital for new production equipment. 
£8.2m
(initial consideration)
acquisition of
Fiberguide

Key benefits
for Halma
– Value enhancing
  at acquisition
– Profit growth 
– Strengthened presence
  in Photonics market
– Technology sharing

Key benefits
for Fiberguide
– Strengthened
  management
– Manufacturing process
  improvement
– Production investment
– International sales 

see how Halma 
maintains momentum

2010 Group revenue
£459m

see global Capability 

p.03

see how we’ve performed 

p.06

see Chairman’s statement 

p.08

see Case studies 

p.14

2
7
9
1

4
7
9
1

6
7
9
1

8
7
9
1

0
8
9
1

2
8
9
1

4
8
9
1

6
8
9
1

8
8
9
1

0
9
9
1

2
9
9
1

4
9
9
1

6
9
9
1

8
9
9
1

0
0
0
2

2
0
0
2

4
0
0
2

6
0
0
2

8
0
0
2

0
1
0
2

s
r
o
s
n
e
S
y
t
i
r
u
c
e
S

s
c
i
t
p
O
h
t
l
a
e
H

s
r
o
s
n
e
S
r
o
o
D
c
i
t
a
m
o
t
u
A

g
n
i
r
o
t
i
n
o
M

t
e
s
s
A

s
c
i
n
o
t
o
h
P

Investor information 
Visit our website, www.halma.com , for investor information and Company news. In addition to accessing financial data, you can 
view and download Annual and Half year reports, analyst presentations, find contact details for Halma senior executives and 
subsidiary companies and access links to Halma subsidiary websites. You can also subscribe to an e-mail news alert service  
to automatically receive an e-mail when significant announcements are made. 

Shareholding information 
Please contact our registrars, Computershare, directly for all enquiries about your shareholding. Visit their Investor Centre 
website for online information about your shareholding (you will need your shareholder reference number which can be found 
on your share certificate or dividend tax voucher), or telephone the registrars direct using the dedicated telephone number for 
Halma shareholders (+44(0)870 707 1046). 

Dividend mandate 
Shareholders can arrange to have their dividends paid directly into their bank or building society account by completing a bank 
mandate form. The advantages to using this service are: the payment is more secure than sending a cheque through the post; 
it avoids the inconvenience of paying in a cheque and there is no risk of lost, stolen or out of date cheques. A mandate form can be 
obtained from Computershare or you will find one on the reverse of the tax voucher of your last dividend payment. 

Dividend reinvestment plan 
The Company operates a dividend reinvestment plan (‘DRIP’) which offers shareholders the option to elect to have their cash 
dividends reinvested in Halma ordinary shares purchased in the market. You can register for the DRIP online by visiting 
Computershare’s Investor Centre website (as above) or by requesting an application form direct from Computershare. 
Shareholders who wish to elect for the DRIP for the forthcoming final dividend, but have not already done so, should return  
a DRIP application form to Computershare no later than 4 August 2010. 

American Depositary Receipts 
The Halma p.l.c. American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are traded on the Over The Counter market (OTC) under the symbol 
HLMLY. One ADR represents three Halma p.l.c. ordinary shares. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is the depositary. If you should 
have any queries, please contact: 

JPMorgan Chase & Co, PO Box 64504, St Paul, MN 55164-0504, USA. E-mail: jpmorgan.adr@wellsfargo.com. General 
queries: (800) 990 1135. From outside the USA: +1 651 453 2128. 

Electronic communications 
All shareholder communications, including the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts, are made available to shareholders 
on the Halma website and you may opt to receive e-mail notification that documents and information are available to view and 
download rather than to receive paper copies through the post. Using electronic communications helps us to limit the amount 
of paper we use and assists us in reducing our costs. If you would like to sign up for this service, visit Computershare’s Investor 
Centre website, selecting ‘Electronic Shareholder Communications’ and follow the registration process. You may change the 
way you receive communications at any time by contacting Computershare. 

Share dealing facilities 
A low cost telephone dealing service has been arranged with Stocktrade which provides a simple way for buying or selling 
Halma shares. Basic commission is 0.5% up to £10,000, reducing to 0.2% thereafter (subject to a minimum commission of £15). 
For further information please call 0845 601 0995 and quote reference Low Co0198. 

Annual General Meeting 
The 116th Annual General Meeting of Halma p.l.c. will be held in the Ballroom, at The Berkeley Hotel, Wilton Place,  
London SW1X 7RL on Thursday, 29 July 2010 at 11.30 am.  

Investor Relations contacts 
Rachel Hirst/Andrew Jaques 
Hogarth Partnership Limited 
2nd Floor  
No 1 London Bridge 
London SE1 9BG 
Tel: +44 (0)20 7357 9477 
Fax: +44 (0)20 7357 8533 
E-mail: halma@hogarthpr.co.uk 

Andrew Williams 
Halma p.l.c., 
Misbourne Court 
Rectory Way 
Amersham 
Bucks HP7 0DE  
Tel: +44 (0)1494 721111 
Fax: +44 (0)1494 728032 
E-mail: investor.relations@halma.com 

Auditors 
Deloitte LLP 
Abbots House 
Abbey Street 
Reading RG1 3BD 

Brokers 
J.P. Morgan Cazenove 
10 Aldermanbury 
London EC2V 7RF 

Bankers 
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc 
280 Bishopsgate 
London EC2M 4RB 

Solicitors  
CMS Cameron McKenna LLP  
Mitre House  
160 Aldersgate Street 
London EC1A 4DD 

Financial advisers 
Lazard & Co., Limited 
50 Stratton Street 
London W1J 8LL 

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment Proposition

Halma has an impressive record of creating sustained shareholder value through 
the economic cycle. Our reputation is built on consistently delivering record profits, 
high returns, strong cash flows, low levels of balance sheet gearing and a 30+ year 
track record of growing dividend payments by 5% or more every year. We are one 
of only three companies quoted on the London Stock Exchange with this record of 
dividend increases. 

Halma’s ability to achieve record profits through the recent period of unprecedented 
economic turbulence is derived from our strategy of operating in specialised global 
markets with resilient growth drivers and diverse end customers. Growth drivers 
include Health, Safety and Environmental regulation which stimulate ‘non-
discretionary’ purchase of products whose quality and reliability requirements 
enable us to build competitive advantage. 

In the past five years, closely targeted strategic investments have generated growth 
momentum to supplement our long-standing defensive qualities.

Organic growth momentum has been created by significantly increasing investment 
in management development, new product development and establishing platforms 
for growth in Asia, where Health, Safety and Environmental regulation is starting  
to emerge. 

Organic growth generates the financial and business resources to fund acquisitions 
in our existing sectors. Through acquisitions we add value to our businesses by 
bringing new intellectual assets and a wider technological and geographic footprint.

Halma’s defensive qualities, organic growth momentum and potential to acquire new 
businesses position us strongly to continue to create shareholder value and achieve 
even higher levels of performance in the future.

In this Report

Directors’ Report Governance
Board of Directors and 
Executive Team  
Corporate Governance  
Nomination Committee 
Report  

Audit Committee Report   55
Remuneration Report  
57
Other Statutory  
Information  
Directors’  
Responsibilities  

48
50

54

68

65

69

Financial Statements
Independent Auditors’  
Report – Group  
Consolidated  
Income Statement  
Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive 
Income and Expenditure  70
Consolidated  
Balance Sheet  

70

71

Consolidated Statement  
of Changes in Equity  
Consolidated Cash  
Flow Statement  
Accounting Policies  
Notes to the Accounts  
Independent Auditors’  
Report – Company  

Company Balance Sheet   106
Notes to the  
Company Accounts  
Summary 2001 to 2010  
Group Directory  
Shareholder Information  
and Advisers  

107
112
114

116

72

73
74
80

105

Strong management teams equipped  
to succeed in challenging markets

Good management of the cost base  
delivers high returns in all three sectors

Visit our  
online report

Return on Sales 2010

ROCE 2010

18.8% 61.3%

See Board of Directors and Executive Team 

p.48

See Sector Reviews 

pp.16–31

www.halma.com/investors

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

01

 
w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Our Business

Diverse Markets

Halma is a global business operating in 22 countries and selling to over 150 countries. Our customer base is also 
diverse with our largest customer representing less than 2% of total Group revenue. We have three major Business 
Sectors each with four sub-sector market niches which offer long-term growth and sustainable high returns.  
Our diversity gives us many opportunities for growth. 

Infrastructure Sensors
Detecting hazards and protecting  
assets and people in buildings.

Health and Analysis
Improving public and personal health; 
protecting the environment.

Industrial Safety
Protecting assets and people at work.

40% of Group £176m 
39% of Group £35m 

38% of Group £100m 
39% of Group £20m 

Revenue

Profit1

Sub- 
sectors

£183m 
£36m 

Fire Detection

Water

Fire and smoke  
detectors and 
audible/visual 
warning devices.

Gas Detection

Bursting Disks

Safety Interlocks

Products to detect 
leaks in water pipes. 
UV technology for 
disinfecting water 
and water quality 
test kits.

Opto-electronic 
technology for 
scientific, medical, 
environmental and 
other applications.

Devices used to 
assess eye health, 
diagnose disease, 
assist with eye 
surgery and 
general medical 
applications.

22% of Group
22% of Group

 Portable 
instruments and 
fixed systems  
which detect 
flammable and 
hazardous gases.

‘One time use’ 
pressure relief 
devices to protect 
large vessels and 
pipework in process 
industries.

Specialised 
mechanical, 
electrical and 
electromechanical 
locks which ensure 
that critical 
processes operate 
safely.

Security Sensors  Security sensors 
and signals used  
in public and 
commercial 
property.

Photonics

Automatic Door 
Sensors

Sensors used on 
automatic doors in 
public and 
commercial 
buildings.

Health Optics

Elevator Safety 

Elevator/lift door 
safety sensors, 
emergency 
communication 
devices, displays 
and control panels 
for elevators.

Fluid Technology  Critical components 

Asset Monitoring  Products for 

such as pumps, 
probes, valves, 
connectors and 
tubing used by 
scientific, 
environmental and 
medical diagnostic 
OEMs.

monitoring physical 
assets above 
ground and under 
water using 
sensors and 
communications 
technologies.

More information 

p.16 More information 

p.22 More information 

p.28

Common Characteristics

Global Niche Markets
We choose to operate in specialist markets where technology 
and application know-how provide the opportunity to generate 
sustainable high returns and strong competitive advantage.

Long-term Market Growth Drivers
Demand in each of our markets is driven by one or more  
of the following: 
–  Increasing demand for energy and water
–  Increasing urbanisation and ageing of population
–  Increasing demand for healthcare
–  Increasing health and safety regulation

More information 

pp.16–31 More information 

p.11

1 See note 1 to the Accounts.

02 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
Global Capability

Our global capability is developing as we seek to keep our resources close to our customers. In recent years, we have 
established new commercial and manufacturing platforms in Asia to meet the growing need in the emerging markets for 
Health, Safety and Environmental products. 

Revenue by destination

Employees

United States of America

United Kingdom

£127m
+5%
983

£98m
–6%
1,643

Mainland Europe

£136m
+2%
660

Revenue by destination

Employees

* Canada and South America.

Africa, Near and Middle East

Asia Pacific and Australasia

Other countries*

£24m
–14%
36

£59m
+9%
365

£15m
–9%
2

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

03

 
w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Our Strategy 

Strategic Summary

Objective
To create sustained shareholder value and high returns on invested capital.

Strategic Directions
To operate in global specialised markets offering long-term growth with technology able to sustain high returns.

Strategic Priorities

Strategic Priorities  
and Rationale

Performance and Achievements 
2009/10

Priorities and Targets 
2010/11

Organic Growth
This is our lifeblood and is dependent  
on the quality of our people, products  
and markets. 

International Expansion with Focus  
on Asia
The Health, Safety and Environmental 
markets in Asia are developing fast  
and offer us higher rates of growth in  
the future. We continue to invest in 
establishing local selling, technical  
and manufacturing resources to meet 
this current and future need.

High Rate of Innovation
We create competitive advantage  
and build market leadership through 
innovation in the way we design, make 
and sell our products. We aim to 
maintain a high level of investment in 
Research and Development (R&D) for 
new products which underpins growth  
and high margins. 

Management Development
We have a decentralised structure which 
places responsibility, resources and key 
commercial decisions on our operating 
company boards. Therefore we need to 
build and develop strong local 
management teams. 

Acquisitions
We acquire companies with business  
and market characteristics like Halma. 
They have to be a good fit with our 
operating culture and value-enhancing 
financially. We have considerable 
financial resources to invest in further 
acquisitions to accelerate growth and 
penetration in our chosen markets.

This is one of our KPIs (see page 6)  
and in 2009/10, we achieved 1% organic 
revenue growth and 9% organic profit 
growth.

Each year we aim to exceed our 
minimum organic growth target of 5% 
representing the blended long-term 
average growth rate of our markets.

Revenue outside the USA and Europe 
was 21% of the Group total with revenue 
from Asia Pacific and Australasia up by 
9%. Revenue from China grew by 59% to 
£18m which is now three times the level 
in 2006, when we established our first 
Halma hubs.

Our aim is for revenue outside the USA 
and Europe to be 30% of the Group total 
by 2015. During 2010 we are opening 
three new regional commercial offices  
in China and adding local staff to our  
hub in Mumbai, India. 

R&D expenditure was 5% of revenue  
and above our 4% minimum target level.  
In May 2009, we held a Group-wide 
innovation and technology event to 
encourage collaboration between 
companies. 

We aim to maintain R&D expenditure 
above our 4% minimum target level 
which is also one of our KPIs (see page 7).

We have exceeded our target of 50%  
of subsidiary directors and senior 
managers completing one of our internal 
training programmes. We have created a 
new training programme for technical 
staff, launched in June 2010.

We aim to ensure at least 50% of 
directors and senior managers have 
completed one or more of our internal 
training programmes. We will complete 
the first Halma Certificate in Applied 
Technology (HCAT) programme.

We acquired SphereOptics (New 
Hampshire, USA) for an initial 
consideration of £1.7m in January 2010 
to add to our Photonics businesses in 
Health and Analysis.  

We have stepped up our acquisition 
search activity and we are looking  
for opportunities in all three of our 
sectors. Currently, we are seeing most 
opportunities in Health and Analysis 
and, geographically, in the USA and 
Europe. We could comfortably spend 
£100m on acquisitions.

04 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
 
 
Our Resources

Resources

We have access to the resources necessary to support investment for organic growth and acquisitions. 
Operationally, we have a decentralised structure which places our R&D, manufacturing, sales and marketing 
resources within each Halma company under the management of the local board. 

Internal resources
During the past year, the economic conditions have resulted 
in us reducing our average headcount by 8%. Despite this we 
have increased our investment in training and development 
of employees since this is critical to our medium- and 
long-term success. In 2010, we are launching a new 
programme aimed at technical staff. Halma is also 
committed to maintaining a strong health and safety record 
within its business under the guidance of the local company 
management teams. 

In general our manufacturing is relatively light and not capital 
intensive. We do have some fixed assets which are critical to 
our businesses (for example, thin film coaters in Photonics). 
The average direct labour content of our products is less 
than 5% of the selling price. This allows us to locate 
operations close to our customers rather than be driven 
to position them in the lowest cost region. Decisions to 
establish manufacturing facilities in low cost regions are 
made because we see local sales opportunities.

Our technical resources include our people, patents and 
specialist application know-how. Often our competitive 
advantage is built on knowing how to reliably apply a  
proven technology in very specific situations whilst meeting 
stringent regulatory requirements. We invest at least 4%  
of revenue in R&D and this, together with acquisitions, 
continues to refresh and strengthen our intellectual assets. 
We encourage our companies to collaborate on technical 
issues through our various training programmes and the 
HITE event held in May 2009. 

We have sufficient financial resources to meet our organic 
and acquisition growth objectives. We operate with a strong 
system of financial control and audit the value and location  
of our cash on a weekly basis. Due to our high returns,  
we encourage our companies to make capital investments  
in accordance with a strict but speedy approvals process. 

Halma companies are typically the leader (in the top five) 
in their specialised markets and therefore each has a 
strong product brand. These brands are synonymous with 
high quality products and service levels and in some cases 
are used as the generic industry term for a particular 
product type.

Relationships and resources breakdown 

Strategic
partners

Suppliers

Regulators

Customers

External
relationships

Shareholders
and Advisers

Employees

Internal
resources

Brand

Fixed assets

Financial

Technical

External relationships
We aim to work in partnership with our customers not only 
to ensure their short-term needs are met but also to ensure 
that we design new products which meet their medium- and 
long-term needs. Since we have such a diverse customer 
base, our decentralised structure enables our companies  
to develop more intimate relationships with their customers 
than would be possible if we were more centralised. 

Whilst we assemble products locally, we source our 
components globally. Halma companies often collaborate 
to locate high quality suppliers of common technologies 
or component types and are required to ensure suppliers 
meet our ethical standards. 

If we do not have the commercial or technical resources 
within the Group, we will develop relationships with strategic 
partners such as universities, specialist design businesses 
and value-adding distributors. These relationships often 
add new technology and expertise to product development 
or identify new market opportunities. 

We have to develop good relationships with industry 
regulators who regulate the quality of suppliers (like us) or 
our customers. Many Halma companies will be represented 
on industry regulatory bodies as technical experts to ensure 
regulatory codes are implemented in light of the latest 
technology and best practice.

Halma recognises the need to listen closely to the views given 
by shareholders and corporate advisers such as our bankers, 
brokers and investor relations partners. They provide valuable 
insight gained through their involvement with a broad array 
of other businesses and commercial situations. 

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

05

 
 
 
Our Key Performance Indicators

We continue to maintain a clear focus on achieving  
organic growth, maintaining high returns, investing  
in new products and generating cash.

w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Definition

Performance

Target

15

10

5

20

15

10

5

15

10

5

15

10

5

Organic Revenue 
Growth1 %

2010

Target

0.5%
›5%

Return on  
Sales1 %

2010 18.8%
›18%

Target

Organic Profit 
Growth1 %

2010

Target

9.0%
›5%

ROTIC (Return  
on Total Invested 
Capital)1 %

2010 13.6%
›12%

Target

1 See Financial Highlights.

2006 2007 2008 2009 2010

2006 2007 2008 2009 2010

2006 2007 2008 2009 2010

2006 2007 2008 2009 2010

Organic revenue growth 
measures the change in 
revenue achieved in the 
current year compared  
with the prior year from 
continuing Group 
operations. The effect of 
acquisitions and disposals 
made during the current or 
prior financial period has 
been equalised.

Return on Sales is defined 
as adjusted profit before 
taxation1 from continuing 
operations expressed as a 
percentage of revenue from 
continuing operations. 

Organic profit growth 
measures the change  
in profit achieved in the 
current year compared  
with the prior year from 
continuing Group 
operations. The effect of 
acquisitions and disposals 
made during the current  
or prior financial period  
has been equalised.

Return on Total Invested 
Capital is defined as the 
post-tax return from 
continuing operations 
before amortisation of 
acquired intangibles as  
a percentage of adjusted 
shareholders’ funds as 
detailed in note 3 to the 
Accounts. 

Modest organic growth 
against the background of 
tough economic conditions.
Over the last five years our 
average rate of organic 
growth has been 8% p.a.

The Board established a 
minimum organic growth 
target of 5% representing 
the blended long-term 
average growth rate of  
our markets.

High returns achieved 
representing a significant 
improvement in 
performance against 
the previous year. 

From 2010 we aim to 
achieve a Return on Sales  
of at least 18% with the 
potential to exceed 20% 
as rates of revenue growth 
increase.

Strong organic profit growth 
achieved exceeding the 
target. This resulted from 
the planned increase in 
product margins, good 
control of overheads and 
the benefit of favourable 
currency movement (+4%). 
Over the last five years 
our average rate of organic 
growth has been 8% p.a.

High returns maintained in 
excess of our current 
Weighted Average Cost of 
Capital (WACC) of 8.5% 
(2009: 9.0%).

The Board established a 
minimum organic growth 
target of 5% representing 
the blended long-term 
average growth rate of  
our markets.

The target of 12% was set  
in 2005 when the Group’s 
ROTIC was 12.1%; a range 
of 12% to 14% is considered 
representative of the 
Board’s expectations  
over the long term.

06 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ROCE (Return  
on Capital 
Employed)1 %

2010 61.3%
›45%

Target

R&D as  
Percentage of 
Revenue %

2010

Target

4.7%
›4%

Operating Cash 
to Profit %

2010

131%
Target ›100%

75

50

25

5

4

3

2

1

150

100

50

2006 2007 2008 2009 2010

2006 2007 2008 2009 2010

2006 2007 2008 2009 2010

Definition
Return on Capital Employed 
is defined as the operating 
profit from continuing 
operations before 
amortisation of acquired 
intangibles as a percentage 
of capital employed as 
detailed in note 3 to the 
Accounts. 

Performance
Very high returns above the 
target level achieved. The 
significant increase against 
the prior year was due to 
concerted efforts to improve 
profitability and reduce the 
operating capital base.

Target
The target is set in order  
to ensure the efficient 
generation of cash at all 
levels to fund organic 
growth, closely targeted 
acquisitions and sustained 
dividend growth.

Total research and 
development expenditure 
in the financial year 
(regardless of whether or 
not it was capitalised) as a 
percentage of revenue from 
continuing operations. 

Total spend in the year  
was £21m (2009: £23m) 
exceeding the 4% of 
revenue target. All three 
sectors exceeded the 4% 
target this year.

New products contribute 
strongly to achieving 
organic growth, maintaining 
high returns and building 
strong market positions. 
The 4% minimum 
investment target is 
appropriate to the mix of 
product life cycles and 
technologies within Halma. 

Cash generated from 
operations expressed as  
a percentage of adjusted 
profit from continuing 
operations1.

Cash conversion of 131% 
was well above the target, 
an excellent performance 
across the Group. Cash 
generation continues to 
receive close attention at 
subsidiary company and 
Group level. 

The goal of cash inflow 
exceeding 100% is a metric 
that has relevance at all 
levels of the organisation 
and aligns management 
action with the strategic 
goals of organic growth, 
acquisitions and 
progressive dividends. 

See page 44 for  
non-financial KPIs

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

07

 
 
 
 
Chairman’s Statement

Record profit and increased rate of dividend growth 
reflect Halma’s resilience and adaptability

w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Halma: what we do and our strategy
Our business is to make products which protect lives and 
improve the quality of life for people worldwide. We do this 
through continuous innovation in market-leading products 
which meet the increasing demands for improvements to 
health, safety and the environment. We build strong positions 
in niche markets where the demand is global. Our businesses 
are autonomous and highly entrepreneurial.

Strategically we aim to grow profit and revenue in excess of 5% 
p.a. organically, to have Return on Sales of 18% or above and 
generate post-tax Return on Total Invested Capital of more 
than 12%. As a result, we are highly cash generative and 
reinvest in our businesses through people, product and market 
development, continue to acquire more companies with like 
characteristics and strive to give annual dividend growth of 5% 
or more to our shareholders; something we have achieved for 
more than 30 consecutive years.

Results
Full year revenue increased by 1% to £459.1m (2009: £455.9m), 
organic revenue growth1 was flat and at constant currency, 
showed a decline of 3%. Profit before tax and amortisation  
of acquired intangibles increased by 9% to £86.2m (2009: 
£79.1m), virtually all organic and we achieved 5% profit growth 
at constant currency. Statutory profit before tax increased by 
12% to £81.4m. Return on Total Invested Capital was 13.6% 
(2009: 13.1%), Return on Capital Employed at the operating 
level increased to 61.3% from 47.7% in the previous year.  
Cash generation was excellent moving from net debt at the  
end of 2009 of £51.2m to net cash at the end of 2010 of £9.1m.

Geoff Unwin Chairman

Dividend per Share
+7%

Adjusted Earnings  
per Share1
+10%

(paid and proposed)

 8.50p
 16.89p

08 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

1 See Financial Highlights.

 
 
 
The Board is recommending a final dividend of 5.19p per share, 
an increase of 8.6% giving a total dividend for the year up 7.2% 
to 8.50p. The final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders 
and will be paid on 25 August 2010 to shareholders on the 
register on 23 July 2010. Dividend cover is 1.98 times (2009: 
1.92 times) meeting our objective of around 2 times cover.

These results show both the resilience and adaptability of 
Halma in difficult and uncertain times. Action to reduce costs 
was taken promptly (more detail in Andrew Williams’ report) 
and this is also reflected in a significant improvement in 
Return on Sales from 17.3% in 2009 to 18.8%. However,  
this was not achieved by a major reduction in investment; 
expenditure on R&D was 4.7% of revenue compared to 5% the 
previous year. Investment in training and development was also 
maintained at the same level, vital for the future of Halma.

Geographic expansion
It is pleasing to see our strategic investments in China and 
India bearing fruit. Sales to China increased by 59%, fuelled  
in part by the massive investments being made in this region’s 
infrastructure. In 2010, we decided to increase our sales and 
support capability even further by investing in three additional 
regional centres (expanding on our existing bases in Shanghai 
and Beijing) which should benefit all our sub-sectors. Our 
manufacturing capability in China is also expanding. This year 
we will explore further the merits of additional investment into 
other high-growth territories.

Five years ago our sales outside the USA and Europe were 
£53m – this year they were £98m. As a result of our strategic 
actions to encourage expansion into high growth markets 
outside the USA and Europe, within two to three years, sales 
outside these territories should grow even further and begin to 
have a material effect on the growth rate of the Group overall.

Acquisitions
Because of the general uncertainty in earnings outlook,  
we took a cautious view on acquisitions during the year and 
only invested £1.7m in acquiring SphereOptics, a good addition 
to our Photonics activities.

Meanwhile, we have plenty of financial capacity with net cash 
and longer term facilities in place to comfortably finance 
a further £100m of investment. However, our acquisition 
screening remains as rigorous as ever to make sure that 
both our strategic and financial criteria are met.

Governance
There were no changes to the Board during the year but we 
continue to evaluate performance thoroughly, and as always, 
with an eye to appropriate succession on the Board.

People
It has been a hard and uncertain market for many of our 
companies. It has been pleasing to see how well company 
boards have reacted to their own markets, taking the 
necessary actions as appropriate i.e. playing it as they see it.  
It is this proactive and adaptable attitude that is a key strength 
of Halma. To everyone in the Group, my sincere thanks for all 
your actions and dedication.

Outlook
As we have seen, the Group can react swiftly to the market 
conditions as they unfold and will continue to invest in people, 
innovation and market development. This, together with strong 
cash generation which supports our efforts to grow organically 
and make acquisitions, gives us confidence for the future.

Geoff Unwin 
Chairman

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

09

 
Chief Executive’s Strategic Review 2010

We have greater momentum than a year ago  
and are well positioned to achieve growth

w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

A record year with momentum for the future
For the 53 weeks to 3 April 2010, adjusted profit1 grew by 9%  
to £86.2m (2009: £79.1m) with underlying organic growth1 of 
9%, a 5% increase in constant currency. Revenue increased  
by 1% to £459.1m (2009: £455.9m) with underlying organic 
growth1 of 0.5%, a 3% decline in constant currency.

These record results were accomplished during uncertain  
and challenging economic conditions and they reflect both the 
strength of Halma’s fundamental strategy and the quality of 
our management. Cash generation was exceptionally strong 
which, together with continued investment and improving 
order intake levels, provides momentum for the future.

Cash generation is one of our key strengths and this year’s 
performance was particularly impressive. We ended the year 
with net cash of £9m having started it with net debt of £51m. 
We maintained a healthy level of capital expenditure, paid a 
record dividend to shareholders and made a small acquisition. 
We are in a strong financial position and have core borrowing 
facilities of £165m in place until 2013. We can comfortably 
deploy up to £100m on acquisitions, should we find the right 
opportunities.

Order intake levels, which were very volatile a year ago, first 
stabilised and then improved as the year progressed. In the 
second half of 2009/10, order intake was 9% higher than the 
first half, giving a 4% increase for the year overall. We finished 
the year with an order book 14% higher than a year ago. Whilst 
our order book is typically equivalent to only six weeks of Group 
revenue, the improving trend left us well placed for the start  
of 2010/11.

High returns increased further
We acted decisively to reduce costs. Each business did so 
according to their individual market needs with the overall 
impact on the Group being an 8% headcount reduction.  
Product margins increased by more than one percentage 
point due to improved efficiency in manufacturing. This enabled 
us to increase Return on Sales1 to 18.8% (2009: 17.3%). We aim 
to achieve a Return on Sales of at least 18% with the potential 
to exceed 20% as rates of revenue growth increase.

Good management of our operating assets combined with 
earnings growth increased our Return on Total Invested 
Capital1 (ROTIC) to 13.6% (2009: 13.1%) whilst, our Return on 
Capital Employed1, a better measure at the operating company 
level, rose to 61.3% (2009: 47.7%).

Our adjusted profit1 of £86.2m includes £2.7m of restructuring 
costs (2009: £1.2m) predominantly related to the reduction in 
headcount. We achieved our overall objective of reducing our 
direct and indirect costs by at least £20m p.a. relative to our 
run-rate during the second half of 2008/09. 

1 See Financial Highlights.

Andrew Williams Chief Executive

Revenue
+1%
Adjusted profit  
before taxation1
+9%
Operating cash  
to profit

 £459m
 £86.2m

 131%

10 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
A key objective for the future is to ensure that as order intake 
improves, we add an increasing proportion of our resources  
to growth generating activities like R&D and selling. 

Our employees at all levels have achieved tremendous results 
during a period of uncertainty and, in many businesses, 
disruption caused by redundancies. I thank all of them for their 
commitment and determination in ensuring that we continued 
to meet the expectations of customers and, consequently,  
our shareholders. 

Macro-economic, regulatory and competitive 
environment
Our expectation for 2009/10 was that the macro-economic 
environment would continue to be challenging but that there 
would be opportunities to offset this through market share 
growth in developed regions, rising demand in developing 
regions and acquisitions.

Whilst a slowdown in our markets did make organic growth 
more difficult to achieve, we proved that we have a resilient 
business mix. Many Halma businesses have products which 
are driven by non-discretionary customer spend and are sold 
into diverse geographic regions and end-markets. They benefit 
from strong market positions providing upgrading and 
replacement sales opportunities. We are not over-reliant  
on any single region, market or customer with our largest 
customer constituting less than 2% of revenue. 

Increasing environmental and safety legislation in our markets 
creates relatively robust demand for our products. Global, 
national and regional product approvals or technical validations 
are an increasing cost and technical challenge, but also 
provide a hurdle to new market entrants.

Our wide spread of activity in niche markets means that 
competition issues are best dealt with by management at 
company or sub-sector level. Details are given in the Sector 
reviews on pages 16 to 31.

Our primary market growth drivers
As the world changes, our customers and their needs change 
too. Within our operating businesses, growth strategies tend  
to have a three to five-year horizon. However, at Group level, 
our strategy for developing positions in markets has a horizon 
of 10 years or more.

We position our businesses in markets which we identify as 
relatively non-cyclical. We select markets with good prospects 
of long-term, sustained growth whatever the prevailing 
macro-economic conditions due to the following resilient 
growth drivers:

Increasing demand for energy and water
Demand for energy and water continues to rise driven by 
population growth and mobility, rising living standards, 
changes in food consumption and biofuels energy production. 

Although global consumption of marketed energy contracted 
by 2.2% during 2009, the latest projection from the US 
Government’s energy statistics office is for a 49% increase 
between 2007 and 2035. In non-OECD countries, energy 
demand is predicted to rise by 84% in the same period.2 
Water demand also rises relentlessly. Global population growth 
translates into an annual increase in fresh water demand of 
64 billion cubic metres.3

Several of our Health and Analysis businesses are positioned 
to benefit from the rising demand for energy and water. 
Continued investment in oil and gas exploration and extraction 
drives demand for our Industrial Safety products.

Increasing urbanisation and ageing of population
The world population, which stood at 6.8 billion in 2009, will 
reach 9 billion by 2050. Most of those additional 2.2 billion 
people will enlarge the population of developing countries, 
projected to rise from 5.6 billion in 2009 to 7.9 billion by 2050.4 

The global population is ageing. The number of people over 
60 is growing at 2.6% per year, faster than the 1.2% annual rise 
in the overall population.5 

About half of the world’s population (3.4 billion) now live in 
urban areas, predicted to increase to almost 5 billion by 2030. 
Rapid urban growth is predicted in the developing world where 
the urban population is expected to double between 2000 and 
2030. By 2030, 81% of the world’s urban population will live in 
the developing world.6 Urbanisation drives investment in 
non-residential buildings like shops, offices, schools and 
hospitals, the primary market for our Infrastructure Sensors 
while a growing and ageing population drives demand for 
Health and Analysis products.

2  International Energy Outlook 2010, http://www.eia.doe.gov/oiaf/ieo/index.html, 
US Energy Information Administration. 
3  World Water Assessment Programme. 2009. The United Nations World Water 
Development Report 3: Water in a Changing World. Paris: UNESCO, and 
London: Earthscan.
4  World Population Prospects – The 2008 Revision,Population Division of the 
Department of Economic and Social Affairs of the United Nations Secretariat. 
June 2009.
5  World Population Ageing 2009. Department of Economic and Social Affairs, 
Population Division, United Nations, 2009.
6 State of the World Population 2007, United Nations Population Fund.

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

11

 
w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Chief Executive’s Strategic Review 2010 
continued

Increasing demand for healthcare
Worldwide demand for healthcare and health-related products 
continues to increase, driving growth in our Health and 
Analysis markets. Healthcare spending is growing rapidly in 
the developed world, particularly in the USA where it rose from 
$2.39tn in 2008 to $2.50tn in 2009. Health spending accounted 
for about 17.6% of US GDP in 2009, but is expected to climb to 
over 20% by 2018.7

Population growth and rising incomes in the developing world 
also drive healthcare demand. Population ageing creates rising 
healthcare needs and as incomes rise health services are 
becoming available to an increasing number of people in the 
developing world. Healthcare spending in China is projected to 
rise to $600bn by 2015, a threefold increase over expenditure 
in 2000.8 Continuous advances in medical technology create 
new medical procedures, also stimulating demand for new 
instruments and equipment.

Increasing health and safety regulation
Every day a million workers will suffer an accident at work, and 
about 5,500 workers will die due to a work-related accident or 
disease. This adds up to an estimated 2.3m people dying from 
work-related hazards every year.9 The International Labor 
Organization suggests that there are 270 million occupational 
accidents and 160 million cases of occupational disease 
annually.10 In addition to human tragedy, workplace accidents 
and sickness have a significant financial impact. A rough 
estimate suggests that direct and indirect costs of occupational 
accidents and diseases represent 4% of annual global GDP 
(US$1.25tn).9 In response, governments throughout the world 
enact increasingly strict laws and regulations to protect 
workers from workplace hazards. Continuing integration of 
regional economies through globalisation extends health and 
safety regulation to developing regions. The combination of 
increasing safety regulation and globalisation drives demand 
for our Industrial Safety and Infrastructure Sensors products.

Sector performances
After a solid performance in the first half year, all of our  
three business sectors significantly improved profits in  
the second half.

Infrastructure Sensors resilient
Infrastructure Sensors had a resilient year with profit11 
increasing by 8% to £35.5m (2009: £33.0m) on revenue down 
2% to £182.9m (2009: £186.0m). Organic profit growth was 9% 
(5% at constant currency) whilst organic revenue growth was 
1% (a 3% decline at constant currency). Door Sensors had a 
very good year, gaining market share through a combination 
of new product launches and continuously improving service 
levels worldwide. Elevator Safety revenue was flat and profit 
slightly up whilst Fire Detection increased profit despite seeing 
some weakness in demand in the UK and US markets. Security 
Sensors generated revenue growth in its core markets, the 
UK and Mainland Europe, but overall profit was lower following 
the sale of our South African subsidiary in 2008/09.

Health and Analysis strong
Health and Analysis performed very strongly, increasing 
revenue by 7% to £176.0m (2009: £165.1m) and profit11 by 23% 
to £35.3m (2009: £28.7m). Organic profit growth was 21% 
(15% at constant currency) whilst organic revenue growth 
was 3% (a 3% decline at constant currency). Water increased 
profits despite lower revenue. Health Optics, Fluid Technology 
and Photonics delivered strong profit increases with Photonics 
starting to gain traction in China and Asian markets.

Industrial Safety improving
After a tough first half, Industrial Safety achieved revenue and 
profit growth in the second half of the year. Full year revenue 
was down by 4% at £100.5m (2009: £105.0m) compared to 
an 11% decline at the end of the first half. Full year profit11 
was down by 11% at £19.8m (2009: £22.2m), a significant 
improvement on the 29% decline reported for the first half year. 
In recent months, some larger prospects were finally converted 
into orders, most notably in South America and Asia. 

Both Safety Interlocks and Gas Detection performed solidly 
whilst Bursting Disks benefited from improved order intake  
in the second half. Asset Monitoring had a disappointing year 
although a slight improvement in order intake in recent 
months and the benefits of significant restructuring during  
the past year provide optimism for an improved performance  
in 2010/11.

Our strategic directions
We aim to operate in global specialised markets offering 
long-term growth with technology able to sustain high returns. 
We have clear strategic priorities based on five principal areas:

Organic growth
We aim to continue to deliver organic growth of at least 5% 
which we believe is the blended medium-term growth rates 
of our end markets, aiming to maintain a balance between 
investment and profitability. Over the last five years our average 
rate of organic growth has been 8% per annum.

International expansion with a focus on Asia
Asian markets offer significant and long-term growth potential 
for our businesses. We have increased investment to help our 
companies build a local presence in key regions.

The regional revenue trends were more mixed than in recent 
years. Revenue from the Far East and Australasia grew by 9%  
to £59m despite the adverse impact of the disposal of our 
Resistors business in Australia, in 2008/09. Encouragingly, 
revenue from China grew by 59% to £18m and has almost 
tripled since we established Halma hubs in Shanghai and 
Beijing in mid-2006. China now represents 4% of total revenue 
and we plan to significantly increase our investment there in 
2010/11 by adding three new regional commercial hubs in 
Chengdu, Guangzhou and Shenyang.

Revenue in the UK fell by 6% to £98m (2009: £104m) with all 
three sectors down. Here, we saw some improvement in the 
latter part of the year, especially in Industrial Safety. In the USA, 
revenue increased by 5% to £127m (2009: £121m). Here, our 
Infrastructure Sensors businesses saw the most challenging 
market conditions, particularly Fire Detection. Mainland 
Europe’s revenue increased by 2% to £136m (2009: £133m) 
and all three sectors showed modest improvements. 
The significant reduction in revenue from Africa, Near and 
Middle East of 14% was mainly due to last year’s disposal 
of our Security Sensors business (based in South Africa).

High rate of innovation
We value both product and process innovation since the latter 
often results in significant competitive advantage and market 
share gain. 

7 Health Care Trends, Plunkett Research Ltd, 2009.
8 Healthcare Market in China, Opportunities, Scientia Advisors, LLC, 2010.
9 Facts on Health and Safety at Work, International Labor Organisation, 2009.
10 Safety and health at work, ILO website.
11 See note 1 to the Accounts.

12 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
In May 2009, we held our first Group-wide innovation and 
collaboration event, HITE (Halma Innovation and Technology 
Exposition). HITE not only increased the visibility and transfer  
of knowledge between Halma businesses, but also provided 
the opportunity for us to agree clear investment priorities for 
the year ahead. Despite the understandable increased focus  
on reducing costs, I am pleased that investment in growth  
for the medium term was maintained.

R&D expenditure during 2009/10 was £21m (2009: £23m) 
remaining close to 5% of revenue and above our minimum 4% 
target level. Importantly, we are seeing a steady improvement 
in the productiveness of this investment. An example of this 
was the strength of entries for the internal Halma Innovation 
Awards 2010, which offered a first prize of £20,000. 

This year’s winners were Ocean Optics, one of our Photonics 
companies, who devised a new method of optical filtering 
enabling their low cost optical analyser to compete with much 
larger and complex systems for a fraction of the cost. Runners-
up were Volumatic who developed an intelligent cash counting 
system for major retailers which not only securely collects 
bank notes at the counter but also detects forgeries within 
seconds of receiving payment from the customer. Fire Fighting 
Enterprises were in third place with a self-adjusting laser-
based fire detector which is used in large building spaces  
such as museum halls. 

These award winners highlight the shift towards higher 
technology we have seen across Halma over the past decade 
and the depth of application knowledge within our specialist 
niche market businesses. Both these factors help us generate 
and maintain high returns.

Management development
Increased investment in training improves the quality  
and flexibility of our senior management, raises performance 
and creates opportunities for career progression. Our 
increased investment during the past five years really benefited 
us this year. Senior managers across the Group were well 
equipped to assess the impact of the global recession on their 
business, determine the appropriate strategy and take quick 
action to reduce costs appropriately. This localised decision 
making and resource allocation will continue to serve us well 
during any uncertain times ahead, particularly as we have such 
diverse end-markets.

The various Halma people development programmes offer 
training opportunities beyond subsidiary board level to all 
managers in the Group. During 2009/10, 130 managers 
attended Halma programmes and many more benefited from 
training organised within their subsidiary company. In 2010,  
we are introducing a new programme targeted at our technical 
engineers to equip them with a broader understanding of 
Halma’s technology, improve their productivity and provide 
specific skills training in areas such as project management.

Acquisitions
We look to buy companies with business and market 
characteristics like Halma. They have to be a good fit with  
our operating culture and strategy in addition to being 
value-enhancing financially. 

2009/10 was a relatively quiet year for investment in both 
capital expenditure and acquisitions. This reflected a more 
cautious approach while we took care of our own operational 
challenges and understood how strong businesses like Halma 
would perform during the downturn. Capital investment was 
£11.0m compared to £16.8m in 2008/09.

We made one small acquisition during the year, adding 
SphereOptics to our existing Photonics business Labsphere,  
a market-leading light measurement company based in New 
Hampshire, USA. We paid $2.5m at completion with up to 
$3.5m to follow over the next two years should certain profit 
growth targets be achieved.

In recent months we have increased our acquisition search 
activity. Our experience has been that vendors of good quality 
businesses are now keener to talk but that many remain 
cautious about whether to sell now or to wait in the hope that 
markets will recover in the medium term. Our task is to 
convince them that they will achieve even greater success by 
being part of Halma now and to structure deals accordingly. 

We continue to search for businesses in all of our existing 
market sectors and in all geographic regions.

Delivering corporate responsibility and sustainability
The positive impact that our products have on customers,  
on society and on the environment is a significant source of 
satisfaction and motivation for all our employees. Halma’s 
commitment to the environment, safety and improving the 
quality of life for individuals is shown not only in the solutions 
we create for our customers but also in the way we do 
business. Our Corporate Responsibility review on page 44 
details our commitment in greater depth and includes the 
clear objectives we set ourselves in areas ranging from carbon 
policy to the safety of employees. These objectives make good 
business sense and are reviewed regularly by the Board so 
that, where necessary, action is taken to address issues  
as they arise.

Strategic actions to sustain success during the recent changing 
market conditions have varied between each Halma business. 
For example, in some markets we anticipated falling demand 
by cutting costs so that overheads were aligned with revenue. 
Our strong balance sheet and committed debt facilities have 
enabled us to take advantage of opportunities requiring capital 
expenditure in existing businesses or investment in acquisitions.

Throughout our businesses we will continue to invest in 
customer-facing resources and maintain R&D spend to extend 
technology leadership. Our aim continues to be to emerge 
from the current downturn with larger market shares, 
improved competitive positions and strong margins.

Outlook
In 2009/10, we achieved our stated objective of maintaining 
short-term returns through active cost control and protecting 
medium-term growth through continued investment. During 
the past year it has become clearer that our sustained 
increased investment in innovation, management and 
international expansion has made us a stronger business.  
Our aim for the coming year is to translate this into higher 
rates of growth and even higher rates of return.

Coming into 2010/11 we have greater momentum than  
a year ago, particularly in terms of order intake, and are  
well positioned to achieve growth. Therefore, we look forward 
to the year ahead with confidence.

Andrew Williams 
Chief Executive

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

13

 
w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Organic Growth Asian Business Expansion

Halma hubs 
accelerate  
Asian expansion

Past To stimulate international sales growth, particularly  
in Asia, we set up two Halma hubs in Shanghai and Beijing  
in 2006. These full-service business centres have provided a 
quick start platform for rapid market entry for our companies.

Future Our target is to increase revenue from outside  
Europe and the USA to 30% of the Group total by 2015.  
During 2010/11 we will invest in setting up a further three 
serviced business centres in China, expanding our geographic 
representation and providing a more responsive service for 
our Chinese customer base.

7%

of all Halma 
employees  
work in China

14 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

263

248

186

145

113

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

Revenue
+299%
Revenue from China has 
grown by 299% over the 
past 5 years

Strategy in Action 
 
 
Key to map

Serviced business centre (hub)

Shared/hub manufacturing facility

Manufacturing facility

Planned new sales hub

4
Number of Halma 
companies present  
in 2006
20
Number of Halma 
companies present  
in 2010

The hub offices in Beijing 
and Shanghai host seven 
to eight companies each 
in addition to stand-alone 
and manufacturing 
operations in China.

Shenyang

Beijing

The Shanghai 
manufacturing hub opened 
in 2008 and is home to 
Halma companies in 
Fluid Technology, Safety 
Interlocks and Photonics.

Chengdu

Shanghai

Guangzhou

Revenue

£6m

£8m

+26%

£9m

+20%

£12m

+25%

£18m

+59%

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

15

Strategy in ActionChinaSector Reviews
Infrastructure Sensors

We make products which detect hazards to protect  
assets and people in public and commercial buildings.
Infrastructure Sensors contributed 40% of total  
revenue (£183m) and 39% (£36m) of profit*. 

w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Strategic 
summary

Achievements

Directions

 –
 –
 –
 –

 –

 –

Organic profit growth of 9%
Organic revenue growth of 1%
33% revenue growth in China
R&D expenditure 5% of revenue with new product  
launches in all sub-sectors
Key succession planning completed in Elevator Safety  
and Automatic Door Sensors
Consolidated security sensor businesses

 –
 –

Increasing urbanisation and ageing of population
Increasing health and safety regulation

 –
 –

 –
 –
 –

 –

Sustain organic growth
Increase resources and revenue in Asia, particularly  
Fire and Security
Increase revenue from the USA for Fire and Security
Maintain R&D investment at 5% of revenue
Continue diversification of Automatic Door Safety  
into industrial, security and transport markets
Bolt-on acquisitions

Fire Detection

Security Sensors

Automatic 
Door Sensors

Elevator Safety

Market 
growth 
drivers

Sub- 
sectors

Key 
products

Fire and smoke detectors and 
audible/visual warning devices. 
World’s second largest 
manufacturer of point smoke 
detectors used in public and 
commercial property.

Security sensors and signals  
used in public and commercial 
property. Market leaders in  
the UK.

World leader in sensors used on 
automatic doors in public and 
commercial buildings.

World leader in elevator/lift door 
safety sensors. We also make 
emergency communication 
devices, displays and control 
panels for elevators. 

Where we 
operate

 –
 –
 –
 –

Australia
Belgium
Canada
China

 –
 –
 –
 –

Czech Republic
France
Germany
Hong Kong

 –
 –
 –
 –

India
Ireland
Italy
Japan

 –
 –
 –

New Zealand
Singapore
Spain

* See note 1 to the Accounts.

16 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

UAE

 –
UK –
 –

USA

 
 
 
Sector KPI measurements

Revenue growth1
Profit growth1
Return on Sales2
ROCE3
R&D/Revenue4

Sector performance

Group target

(2%)

8%

19.4%

75%

4.9%

>5%

>5%

>18%

>45%

>4%

3/8

8

4

4

4

4

1 Sector revenue and adjusted5 sector profit before finance expense are compared to the equivalent prior year figure.
2 Return on Sales is defined as adjusted5 profit before finance expense and taxation expressed as a percentage of sector revenue. 
3 Adjusted5 sector profit before finance expense expressed as a percentage of sector operating net assets. 
4 Sector research and development expenditure expressed as a percentage of sector revenue.
5 Adjusted to remove the amortisation of acquired intangible assets. 

Market trends and growth drivers 
The global Fire Detection and suppression market declined  
by around 3% during 2009, but it is expected to recover during 
2010 due to stricter regulation and adoption of new technology1. 
Changes to fire regulations worldwide continue to drive demand 
for our non-discretionary fire products. Sales of voice-enhanced 
alarms are set to grow following changes to the US National 
Fire Alarm Signalling Code covering emergency mass-
notification systems2. China’s fire laws have been amended 
with harsher penalties for owners of buildings lacking 
adequate fire protection.

In many countries the Security Sensors sub-sector is highly 
regulated, and local or international technical product approvals 
are essential. After considerable costs and investment of R&D 
resources, we can now sell our UK-manufactured security 
control products in the USA and Canada backed by the 
required Underwriters’ Laboratories approvals. The intruder 
detection market is primarily driven by residential systems 
installations, with demand dependent on new housing 
construction. A new line of wireless security sensors is 
targeted at commercial premises. This new technology will 
provide a platform for growth even if the residential market 
remains flat. 

Legislation on the safety of people and processes continues  
to drive the market in both new and renovated facilities. We 
continue to forecast medium-term Automatic Door Sensors 
market growth at 3% to 4%. We have compensated for the 
fall in demand in the commercial construction sector due to 
the recession by winning business from new customers and 
diversification into industrial, security and transport markets. 
Our growth in Europe and China was ahead of market 
growth rates. The transport sector offers considerable  
growth prospects for door safety products. 

The Elevator Safety market splits into modernisation of installed 
elevators and installations in new buildings. Western countries 
account for the majority of installed elevators while Asian 
economies, particularly China, dominate the new installations 
market3. During 2009/10 we saw large variations in regional 
demand. Last year we reported falling demand due to a decline 
in new building construction, particularly in China. During 
2009/10 this trend reversed and China was our strongest 
market. Now the largest elevator market in the world, Chinese 
elevator output rose by about 5% on the previous year4 and 
sales in India rose too. In the USA, we saw a small benefit 
from US Government public housing spending, but we expect 
the US market to remain weak in the short term. Demand in 
Europe was patchy, but strong in the UK and Spain.

Sector strategy 
Our primary strategy in the Infrastructure Sensors sector  
is world leadership in safety-critical sensor products for 
infrastructure monitoring in commercial buildings. We develop 
market-leading products that eliminate hazards and protect 
buildings and their occupants. These products satisfy the 
demand driven by increasingly strict public safety and building 
regulations in the highly regulated construction and building 
maintenance markets. Our fire, elevator and door controls are 
primarily targeted at commercial premises and security 
products are largely installed in apartments and houses.  
We aim to grow our presence in the commercial premises 
market for our security products.

1  IMS Research; World Market for Fire Detection & Suppression Products 2010 
Edition. Author Justin Siller; published Feb 2010, Table 5.3 page 220.
2  NFPA-72-2010: National Fire Alarm and Signalling Code, US National Fire 
Protection Association.
3  Global Escalators & Elevators Market Report: 2009 Edition. http://www.
researchandmarkets.com/reports/693893/global_escalators_and_elevators_
market_report
4 China Elevator Industry Report, 2009, TD The Market Publishers Ltd.

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

17

 
Sector Reviews
Infrastructure Sensors 
continued

w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

To avoid competing with global customers that install complete 
building monitoring systems, we position our businesses as 
specialist suppliers of safety-critical components, not as 
complete system suppliers and installers. 

Continued investment in international Fire Detection product 
approvals will give our fire businesses access to new 
geographic markets. We will continue to invest in innovative 
technology to maintain competitive advantage and premium 
margins. In addition to organic growth we will continue to  
seek acquisitions. 

In Security Sensors our strategic focus is geographic 
expansion to reduce exposure to the UK market and an 
increase in the proportion of non-residential sales.  
We believe we can grow market share through market-leading 
technology and customer service. New advanced technology 
products were launched in the first quarter of 2010. These 
address the need for security detection in outdoor areas and 
wireless intruder detection systems, particularly in commercial 
premises. During the year we integrated our hazard signalling 
and security sensors businesses. This is expected to contribute 
to sales growth, reduce production costs and raise margins in 
the coming year.

While maintaining our leadership of Automatic Door Sensors 
for pedestrian doors, we will continue to increase sales 
penetration in the industrial door, security and transportation 
markets. We will continue to implement lean manufacturing 
and improved logistic systems to enhance customer service. 
Following the successful launch of a unique laser-based door 
sensor into the industrial market, we will extend this 
technology platform into other markets.

Elevator Safety strategy differs from other Halma sub-sectors 
in the extent of co-ordination between our companies and 
active elimination of duplicated sales and marketing activity. 
Each of our three elevator businesses sells the products of its 
sister businesses within regional markets. We will continue 
this overall strategy.

Revenue
£m

£183m
(2%)

200

150

100

50

Profit*
£m

£36m
+8%

40

30

20

10

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

* See note 1 to the Accounts.

18 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
Sector performance
2009/10 was a good year overall for our Fire Detection 
sub-sector with profit growth due to careful cost management. 
Despite challenging market conditions due to weakness in the 
home, retail and commercial construction markets globally, 
we grew market share strongly in the UK and made significant 
gains in Europe. We continue to innovate and launch exciting 
new products that will underwrite our success going forward.

We anticipate Security Sensors revenue growth based on 
extended sales channels and new technology even though  
end markets are expected to remain flat. Recently agreed 
partnership deals in Asia and Europe will add new opportunities 
for growth in regions where sales have previously been low.  
Our new wireless security sensors product line is expected to 
establish a market-leading position and contribute to growth  
in the coming year. 

Increasing regulation continues to drive growth for Automatic 
Door Sensors. Our strategy of continuously updating our 
offering with innovative new technology, extending geographical 
sales resources and new market entry, should create a 
platform for continued growth despite the constraints of  
some markets which show few signs of recovery.

Global Elevator Safety product demand is forecast to rise by 
over 4% annually at least until 2013. China will account for 
nearly half of all new demand, while Western Europe remains 
the largest market for modernisation5. The expectation is for 
markets to remain flat outside of Asia. In spite of unfavourable 
overall market conditions, continued growth of Asian 
economies, particularly China, will provide opportunities for 
our businesses. Further advances should come from winning 
market share and sales of range-extending products like 
emergency telephone equipment. 

As expected our Security Sensors business saw reduced 
revenue and profits due to the sale of its South African 
business in 2008/09. Despite continued market weakness, 
careful cost control ensured we delivered an improved Return 
on Sales.

We achieved a strong performance in Automatic Door Sensors 
with double-digit revenue and profit growth. During 2009 we 
won major orders in China for sensors fitted to the doors of 
high speed trains.

2009/10 was a mixed year for Elevator Safety; revenues were 
flat and profit slightly up. We started the year with our cost base 
reduced in line with expectations of tough market conditions. 
Demand was a little better than anticipated. We increased unit 
volume sales of elevator safety edges in China considerably. 
Innovative technology can drive sales even in a recession and 
a new elevator emergency telephone which complies with the 
latest European regulations generated encouraging sales in 
the first year. 

Sector outlook
We anticipate a continuation of current demand trends for 
Fire Detection in the short to medium term. Many economies 
are gradually recovering from recession but new construction 
activity is expected to lag behind other economic sectors. 
Our businesses are positioned to gain market share due 
to technology leadership, our portfolio of worldwide product 
approvals and penetration of new regional markets.

5  World Elevators to 2013 – Demand and Sales Forecasts, Market Share, Market 
Size, Market Leaders, Freedonia Group, 2009.

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

19

 
w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Organic Growth Capital Investment

Past Capital investment allowed Ocean  
Thin Films to be spun out of Ocean Optics Inc 
as a new trading unit in its own right.

Capital investment 
unlocks new  
growth potential

$6m
Oerlikon asset 
acquisition

$6m
invested on  
new products  
and equipment

CAPITAL INVEST M E N T

14
number of  
coating  
machines

Ocean  
Thin Films

+36%
2010 revenue

Current capital investment 
targets additional capacity 
and capabilities including 
Class 1000 clean room 
coatings and lithography 
providing low defect 
patterned coating solutions.

Photonics

Ocean Optics

20 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

Strategy in Action 
 
 
Future Investing in chip-on-board (COB) electronics 
(created in Belgium) in China to be used on infrared 
door sensors fitted to high speed trains. 

Transferring 
technological  
expertise from our 
manufacturing centre 
in Liege, Belgium,  
to our factory in  
Beijing, China. 

CAPITA

L IN

V

E

S

T

M

E

N

T

BEA Belgium 
We developed in-house 
expertise and invested in 
state-of-the-art chip-on-
board assembly systems 
because sub-contractors 
could not assemble our 
electronic circuit boards  
with sufficient accuracy. 

BEA China 
Benefits from this investment 
are local supply to the 
Chinese market, reduced 
costs, higher product 
reliability and better 
protection against  
reverse engineering. 

BEIJING

Supplying  
door sensors to  
China’s high speed  
rail network which  
will expand to

25,000km
of track by  
2020.

13738_Halma_AR10_p01-47.indd   21

22/6/10   12:25:42

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

21

Strategy in Actionw
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Sector Reviews
Health and Analysis

We make products used to improve personal and public 
health. We develop technologies for analysis in safety,  
life sciences and environmental markets, including water. 
Health and Analysis contributed 38% (£176m) of total 
revenue and 39% (£35m) of profit*. 

Strategic 
summary

Achievements

Directions

 –
 –
 –

 –

 –

 –

Organic profit growth 21%
Organic revenue growth 3%
71% revenue growth in China with local manufacturing 
established in Photonics and Fluid Technology
R&D expenditure 4.7% of revenue with new products 
launched in all sub-sectors
New dedicated Photonics Thin Film Coating business 
established
SphereOptics acquired in Photonics

 –
 –
 –
 –

Increasing health and safety regulation
Increasing demand for healthcare
Increasing demand for energy and water
Increasing urbanisation and ageing of population

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

Sustain high organic growth
Increase resources and revenue in Asia
Reduce Water business reliance on UK market
Maintain R&D investment at 5% of revenue
Improve collaboration
Complete SphereOptics integration
Acquisitions

Water

Photonics

Health Optics

Fluid Technology

Market 
growth 
drivers

Sub- 
sectors

Key 
products

World leader in products to detect 
leaks in water pipes; among the 
world leaders in UV technology  
for disinfecting water; and water 
quality test kits. 

Market leading opto-electronic 
technology for scientific,  
medical, environmental and  
other applications.

Devices used to assess eye health, 
diagnose disease, assist with eye 
surgery and for general medical 
applications.

Critical components such as 
pumps, probes, valves, connectors 
and gas conditioning products 
used by scientific, environmental 
and medical diagnostic OEMs  
for demanding applications. 

 –
 –

Germany
India

 –
 –

Japan
Malaysia

 –
 –

Netherlands
Spain

UK –
 –

USA

Where we 
operate

 –
 –
 –

Australia
China
France

* See note 1 to the Accounts.

22 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
  
Sector KPI measurements

Revenue growth1
Profit growth1
Return on Sales2
ROCE3
R&D/Revenue4

Sector performance

Group target

7%

23%

20.0%

64%

4.7%

>5%

>5%

>18%

>45%

>4%

3/8

4

4

4

4

4

1 Sector revenue and adjusted5 sector profit before finance expense are compared to the equivalent prior year figure.
2 Return on sales is defined as adjusted5 profit before finance expense and taxation expressed as a percentage of sector revenue. 
3 Adjusted5 sector profit before finance expense expressed as a percentage of sector operating net assets. 
4 Sector research and development expenditure expressed as a percentage of sector revenue.
5 Adjusted to remove the amortisation of acquired intangible assets.

Market trends and growth drivers 
As we reported last year, demand trends have varied 
considerably, both regionally and by end user application. 
Overall, demand trends within this sector are positive and 
improving with the prospect of continued revenue and  
profit growth.

A new five-year regulated investment cycle began in April 2010 
and is expected to stimulate UK Water spending for the next 
three years. Market reforms allowing foreign companies to 
invest in China, and new legislative drivers, should create 
favourable conditions for water products sales growth. 

Whilst we encountered difficult conditions for UV water 
treatment capital equipment sales in both municipal and 
industrial sectors, our consistent investment in independent 
test house validations has delivered significant competitive 
advantage in many markets where third party validations are 
increasingly demanded. To comply with ‘Made in America’ 
requirements for federally-funded stimulus projects we  
began UV system manufacture in the USA.

Short-term demand patterns in Photonics markets such as  
life sciences, medical, research, space, defence and homeland 
security were uneven. About two-thirds of photonics sales are 
in the USA where demand was more resilient than expected, 
boosted by government stimulus spending. Some niche 
sectors, such as defence and entertainment, softened  
but should return to growth next year. We saw continued 
growth in Asia. This is driven by rising R&D activity, western 
businesses setting up manufacturing plants, and expansion  
of the solid-state lighting industry. 

The value of tenders for Health Optics in general medical 
markets fell in 2009/10. We anticipate reduced demand for 
medical equipment in developed economies to continue  
next year. 

Demand in South East Asia should remain strong; China has 
one of the fastest annual growth rates for medical devices in 
the world of around 13%1. Certification of medical products  
is becoming increasingly difficult and costly in all sales 
territories. This multiplies marketing and development costs;  
it also creates a strong barrier to market entry by new and 
smaller competitors. 

Fluid Technology sales divide into two markets with different 
drivers, leading to different demand patterns. The medical 
diagnostic market continued its growth trajectory after some 
de-stocking early in the year. Against this positive background, 
price competition has increased. Despite this we remained 
competitive and achieved strong growth with no margin 
erosion. Scientific analysis instruments, our second fluid 
technology market, was more affected by the downturn but  
we maintained strong returns.

Sector strategy
Our Health and Analysis sector includes many businesses  
with leading-edge technology, in some cases world-leading. 
The strategic focus in this sector is to maintain technological 
leadership and expand our geographical sales channels. 
Maintaining prowess in advanced technologies requires 
continuous high R&D investment. Despite the higher 
development risks, rapid payback from technological 
innovation is common in this sector and novel products with 
unique user benefits targeted at fast-growing market niches 
command high premiums.

A key strategic direction for our Health and Analysis 
businesses is to develop sales beyond their strong positions  
of market leadership in the UK and the USA. Growth in 
developing regions, particularly in China and elsewhere  
in Asia, is a primary goal.

1  “The Medical Device Market: China,” Espicom Business Intelligence, July 2009.

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

23

Where we 

 –

Australia

operate

 –

China

 –

France

 –

Germany

 –

India

 –

Japan

 –

Malaysia

 –

Netherlands

 –

Spain

UK –

 –

USA

 
Sector Reviews
Health and Analysis 
continued

w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Our Water businesses make products for UV water treatment, 
leakage control and quality testing. We are global market 
leaders in leakage control instrumentation and are expanding 
into waste water instrumentation. We will stimulate growth  
in the legislation-driven Chinese market by investing in 
increasingly regionally based sales resources. 

Revenue
£m

£176m
+7%

Continued investment in independent certification of our UV 
water treatment systems will differentiate our offering from 
non-validated competitors. In the industrial UV market we  
will target high volume, high value OEM applications. 

Sustained spending on R&D will maintain technology 
leadership in our Photonics niches. We will build on our 
recently established manufacturing bases in China to extend 
our position there. During 2010/11 we aim to increase profit 
through sales growth. Resources will be focused on the more 
resilient niches and direct sales staff in export markets will be 
strengthened. Our search will continue for value-enhancing 
acquisitions that support or add to the existing technology base.

The key focus of our Health Optics growth strategy continues  
to be geographic expansion concentrating on Asia and South 
America. We will continue to expand our product offering by 
increased R&D investment. We have begun a collaborative 
R&D programme between two of our world-leading health 
optics businesses to develop a new family of products to be 
marketed jointly via existing sales channels.

Start-up manufacturing of our Fluid Technology products in 
China led to entry into the Asian scientific instrumentation 
market. We will use this manufacturing platform to assist 
more of our businesses to penetrate markets in this region. 

200

150

100

50

Profit*
£m

£35m
+23%

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

* See note 1 to the Accounts.

24 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
Sector performance
Our Water businesses increased profits. This increase was 
achieved, against an unfavourable economic background 
of weak UK demand, due to overhead cuts in early 2009 and 
margin improvements. 

After successfully dealing with costly new product delays in the 
prior year end, our Photonics businesses improved their Return 
on Sales in 2009/10 and delivered record revenue and profit.

In Health Optics we again achieved record profit. Overhead 
reductions together with manufacturing efficiencies, 
strengthened margins and improved return on sales.

We achieved record revenue and profit in our Fluid Technology 
sub-sector. Overhead control protected and improved margins. 

Sector outlook
We anticipate steady expansion of the global market for our 
Water products. Growth in this sector is driven by increasingly 
stringent regulation to upgrade water supply security, raise 
drinking water quality and tighten environmental discharge 
regulations. Rising UK demand for instrumentation is expected 
as UK water companies begin a new five year capital 
investment cycle. In the USA we expect to benefit from 
strengthening demand supported by federal economic 
stimulus spending and pressure from government regulation. 
Continued investment in R&D and people development should 
underpin a return to revenue growth in 2010/11. 

We foresee strengthening of demand from some Photonics 
niches next year, with softening in others. We expect strong 
growth from the solid-state low energy lighting (LED) 
manufacture and test market. This is expected to grow by 
more than 24% annually until at least 20132. Rapidly growing 
Asian economies will remain primary growth targets and 
we will gain increasing benefit from our Chinese photonics 
manufacturing operations. 

We expect continued growth of Health Optics revenue ahead  
of market rates. While demand in Europe and the USA is 
expected to be flat in the short term, we expect continuous 
growth both from market expansion in developing regions and 
new products. Continued strengthening of the US Dollar will 
make US exports more difficult but a weaker Euro against the 
US Dollar will make our German products more competitive. 
Revenue growth could be dampened by reduced government 
stimulus spending and healthcare spending cuts aimed at 
reducing sovereign debt. 

During early 2009 demand across Fluid Technology markets 
was depressed by analytical instrumentation customers 
destocking component inventory. We anticipate both revenue 
growth and margin improvements in 2010/11 due to significant 
new product launches, strengthened sales resources, and 
manufacturing and market penetration in Asia.

2  ‘LED market stumbles in 2009, but long-term outlook remains bullish,’ 
www.ledsmagazine.com, Oct 2009.

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

25

 
w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Organic Growth through Innovation

Innovation  
drives organic  
growth

Software enables 
digital image to  
be stored and 
viewed remotely

Past Halma has maintained high  
levels of R&D investment and spending  
on innovation. We invested £21.4m in  
R&D during 2009/10. The Keeler Vantage 
Plus LED Digital allows doctors to transmit 
digital ocular images worldwide for further 
expert analysis.

26 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

Image of retina  
is viewed by the 
doctor through 
head mounted 
ophthalmoscope

Keeler Vantage Plus LED  
Digital Ophthalmoscope 
The Vantage Plus LED Digital 
Ophthalmoscope has an 
integrated camera with digital 
imaging capability.

12 times 
R&D payback in year 1
6 months
Project duration 
(idea to first shipment)

Strategy in Action 
 
 
Future Ocean Optics’ RedEyeTM is a revolutionary 
patented, quality control product that lets 
manufacturers test whether their products remain 
sterile inside packaging. From outside of packaging or a 
closed container RedEyeTM measures the amount of 
oxygen inside without breaking the seal. 

World-leading technology 
Accurate measurement of oxygen 
inside packages can be vitally 
important. In packaged medical 
and pharmaceutical products 
it can assure patient safety by 
confirming a sterile seal on 
surgical instruments and drugs. 

Potential applications
– Surgical equipment 
– Blood bag analysis 
– Food and drink packaging 
– Biological process control
– Drug packaging

RedEyeTM  
sensor patch 
inside  
container

Instrument  
emits light and 
measures changes 
in light reflected 
from the RedEyeTM 
patch

Oxygen content  
is displayed 
graphically on 
monitor or  
handheld  
device

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

27

Strategy in Action 
 
Sector Reviews
Industrial Safety

We make products which protect assets and people at 
work. Industrial Safety contributed 22% of revenue (£100m) 
and 22% of profit* (£20m). 

w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Strategic 
summary

Achievements

Directions

 –
 –

 –

 –

 –

Organic revenue and profit growth in second half of year
152% revenue growth in China with local manufacture 
established for Safety Interlocks
R&D expenditure exceeded 4% of revenue for the first time 
with new products launched in all subsectors
Major reorganisation in Asset Monitoring including disposal 
of survey business
Consolidation of Safety Interlock businesses in France

 –

Increasing health and safety regulation

 –

Increasing demand for energy and water

 –
 –
 –
 –

 –

Achieve organic revenue and profit growth
Grow revenue in Asia
Add selling resource in China
Maintain R&D investment above 4% of revenue and increase 
rate of new product introductions
Collaborate with other Halma companies to add new 
technology

Gas Detection

Bursting Disks

Safety Interlocks

Asset Monitoring

Market 
growth 
drivers

Sub- 
sectors

Key 
products

Portable instruments and fixed 
systems which detect flammable 
and hazardous gases.

‘One time use’ pressure relief 
devices to protect large vessels 
and pipework in process 
industries.

Specialised mechanical, electrical 
and electromechanical locks 
which ensure that critical 
processes operate safely. 

Products for monitoring physical 
assets above ground and under 
water using sensors and 
communications technologies.

Where we 
operate

 –
 –
 –

Australia
China
France

* See note 1 to the Accounts.

 –
 –

Germany
India

 –
 –

Netherlands
Saudi Arabia

 –
 –

Singapore
Tunisia

UK –
 –

USA

28 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
Sector KPI measurements

Revenue growth1
Profit growth1
Return on Sales2
ROCE3
R&D/Revenue4

Sector performance

Group target

(4%)

(11%)

19.7%

72%

4.1%

>5%

>5%

>18%

>45%

>4%

3/8

8

8

4

4

4

1 Sector revenue and adjusted5 sector profit before finance expense are compared to the equivalent prior year figure.
2 Return on Sales is defined as adjusted5 profit before finance expense and taxation expressed as a percentage of sector revenue. 
3 Adjusted5 sector profit before finance expense expressed as a percentage of sector operating net assets. 
4 Sector research and development expenditure expressed as a percentage of sector revenue.
5 Adjusted to remove the amortisation of acquired intangible assets. 

Market trends and growth drivers 
The worldwide market for toxic and combustible Gas Detection 
is expected to grow by about 4% over the next five years. The 
Middle East and Asia are forecast to offer the fastest growth 
rates, due to high investment in the chemical, petrochemical, 
oil and gas, power and steel making sectors.1 The market is 
forecast to switch emphasis from capital projects to upgrading 
existing equipment. Demand for gas detection products is 
continually reinforced by worldwide strengthening of health 
and safety legislation. Emerging economies are adopting 
Western gas safety standards and expanding the market size.

Bursting Disks are sold into industrial manufacturing markets 
driven by increasing regulation and rising expectations of 
health and safety. These markets were hard hit by the 
economic downturn in the first half of 2009/10 with factory 
shutdowns and reduced maintenance spending. The second 
half saw significant improvement in demand with the oil and 
gas and chemical processing sectors leading the recovery.  
Disk sales to Europe and the USA declined but Asia continued 
to grow, albeit slowly. Our product technology improvements 
have resulted in improving sales into OEM markets.

Although the long-term trend has been growth in demand for 
our Safety Interlocks products, many markets declined over 
the past year, particularly the manufacturing sector in Europe 
and the USA. We benefited from growth in less traditional 
markets, in particular from energy and raw material related 
industries, mostly driven by latent Chinese demand or higher 
oil prices. We will continue to benefit from the introduction of 
stricter health and safety regulations in the emerging Asian 
economies, while in the West the legal enforcement of safety 
laws provides resilience.

Growth in our Asset Monitoring businesses is driven by 
demand for capturing data relating to energy and water usage, 
and to the condition or location of high value infrastructure 
assets. Forecasts suggest that 2010 oil and gas spending will 
rise by12%2 followed by a substantial increase in the following 
three years3. Elsewhere, the introduction of increasing carbon 
reduction regulations, such as the CRC Energy Efficiency 
Scheme in the UK, will increase demand for remote 
monitoring of energy consumption.

1  ‘Toxic and Combustible Gas Detectors Worldwide Outlook.’ ARC Advisory Group 
study, 2009. http://www.automation.com/content/toxic-and-combustible-gas-
detector-market-to-reach-823-million.
2  Spend With Caution: The Post-Recession Oil and Gas Industry, www.
offshore-technology.com/features/feature81877/
3  The World Offshore Oil & Gas Production & Spend Forecast 2009-2013, Douglas 
Westwood Ltd.

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

29

Where we 

 –

Australia

operate

 –

China

 –

France

 –

Germany

 –

India

 –

Netherlands

 –

Saudi Arabia

 –

Singapore

 –

Tunisia

UK –

 –

USA

 
Sector Reviews
Industrial Safety 
continued

w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Sector strategy 
Underpinning our strategy to grow Gas Detection is a 
programme to upgrade and extend our product range for wider 
applications and an extended geographic base, particularly in 
North America. We are extending our manufacturing and sales 
base in China to increase our share of this fast growing 
market.

Our Bursting Disks businesses are focusing on markets 
outside the traditional process industries, such as energy 
exploration and medical instrumentation. A new range of 
safety vents designed to mitigate the effect of explosions in 
industrial premises has been launched to satisfy growing 
demand driven by US legislation to prevent dust-induced 
explosions in bulk powder storage facilities.

We have protected our strong global position in Safety 
Interlocks and begun to introduce products that expand our 
target markets. We continue to protect profitability by ensuring 
alignment of costs with sales potential.

Our Asset Monitoring companies are positioned to supply 
innovative technology that captures data from valuable or 
safety-critical assets and transmits this to the customer 
wherever they are in the world. This monitoring may be above 
ground, below ground or underwater. Applications include 
intelligent street lighting, energy management, automatic 
meter reading, underwater monitoring of oil and gas pipelines 
and platforms, vessel and harbour security and using remotely 
operated vehicles (ROV). We will continue to invest in new 
communications and data capture technology.

Revenue
£m

£100m
(4%)

120

100

80

60

40

20

Profit*
£m

£20m
(11%)

25

20

15

10

5

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

* See note 1 to the Accounts.

30 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
Sector performance
The global downturn had a significant effect on our Gas 
Detection business in the first half of 2009/10. Continued 
action on cost control, new product introductions and improved 
manufacturing performance aided a strong recovery in the 
second half. Full year profit was in line with the record level 
of the prior year. 

Sector outlook
The outlook for Gas Detection is reasonably resilient. 
Supported by the strong underlying legislative growth drivers  
in the markets for industrial safety equipment, we anticipate 
continued growth based on our track record of out-performing 
the market through technological innovation and geographic 
sales expansion.

Demand fell in all markets served by our Bursting Disk 
businesses during 2009/10. Investment in new production 
processes and products together with preparatory work to 
extend our global reach continued during the year and ensures 
that we are well placed to take advantage of the anticipated 
upturn in business activity forecast in our core markets. 

Our Safety Interlocks businesses delivered only modest 
revenue growth and slightly lower profit but at good margins. 

We saw a decline in Asset Monitoring revenue and profit.  
The decrease in crude oil price continued to adversely  
affect our subsea business through 2009 particularly in the 
North Sea. Most of the oil majors focused on cost reduction 
plans through 2009 rather than investment. During the year  
we completed a significant restructuring of our major 
Asset Monitoring business including the disposal of the  
assets of our subsea survey business.

Demand trends for Bursting Disks are dependent on an upturn 
in industrial capital spending. Continuous strengthening of 
industrial safety legislation and rising expectations of safe 
working practices worldwide underpins medium- to long-term 
growth in this market.

We anticipate that the oil and gas sector will continue to offer 
strong growth prospects for our Safety Interlock companies. 
Demand for industrial safety products in the worldwide 
manufacturing sector is expected to be flat in the short term, 
but we expect increasing opportunities in China.

The markets in which our Asset Monitoring businesses 
operate have good long-term growth potential supported  
by a strategy of market diversification, such as offshore 
renewable energy projects. Continued investment in new 
product development is forecast to deliver market share gains 
in subsea and energy monitoring markets. Last year’s cost 
reductions will enable a profit recovery during 2010/11 without 
a demand increase. We expect demand to pick up in the 
coming year driven by environmental legislation and a return  
to offshore oil and gas investment.

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

31

 
Adding value

Fiberguide Industries, Inc, a US fibre optic cables specialist, was acquired in 2008.

We injected capital for new production equipment. 

£8.2m

(initial consideration)

acquisition of

Fiberguide

Key benefits

for Halma

– Value enhancing

  at acquisition

– Profit growth 

Key benefits

for Fiberguide

– Strengthened

  management

– Manufacturing process

– Strengthened presence

  improvement

  in Photonics market

– Technology sharing

– Production investment

– International sales 

2010 Group revenue

£459m

w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Growth Delivered through Acquisitions

Acquisitions sustain 
long-term growth

Complementing our organic growth, we have a strong track record 
of buying businesses that add real value and increase competitive 
advantage. Our proven resilience is primarily due to our geographic 
and technological diversity and derives from the long series of 
acquisitions that began in 1972 and continues today. 

Key to acquisitions timeline

Sectors

Acquisitions

Infrastructure Sensors
Health and Analysis
Industrial Safety

First sub-sector acquisition
Fiberguide acquisition

1972 Group revenue
£1.6m

s
k
c
o
l
r
e
t
n
I
y
t
e
f
a
S

r
e
t
a
W

n
o
i
t
c
e
t
e
D
e
r
i
F

n
o
i
t
c
e
t
e
D
s
a
G

s

k

s

i

D

g

n

i

t

s

r

u

B

y

g

o

l

o

n

h

c

e

T

d

i

u

l

F

y
t
e
f
a
S
r
o
t
a
v
e
l
E

2
7
9
1

4
7
9
1

6
7
9
1

8
7
9
1

0
8
9
1

2
8
9
1

4
8
9
1

6
8
9
1

8
8
9
1

0
9
9
1

2

9

9

1

4

9

9

1

6

9

9

1

8

9

9

1

0

0

0

2

2

0

0

2

4

0

0

2

6

0

0

2

8

0

0

2

0

1

0

2

32 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

s

r

o

s

n

e

S

y

t

i

r

u

c

e

S

s

c

i

t

p

O

h

t

l

a

e

H

s

r

o

s

n

e

S

r

o

o

D

c

i

t

a

m

o

t

u

A

g

n

i

r

o

t

i

n

o

M

t

e

s

s

A

s

c

i

n

o

t

o

h

P

Strategy in Action 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adding value

Fiberguide Industries, Inc, a US fibre optic cables specialist, was acquired in 2008.
We injected capital for new production equipment. 
£8.2m
(initial consideration)
acquisition of
Fiberguide

Key benefits
for Halma
– Value enhancing
  at acquisition
– Profit growth 
– Strengthened presence
  in Photonics market
– Technology sharing

Key benefits
for Fiberguide
– Strengthened
  management
– Manufacturing process
  improvement
– Production investment
– International sales 

2010 Group revenue
£459m

r

e

t

a

W

n

o

i

t

c

e

t

e

D

e

r

i

F

n

o

i

t

c

e

t

e

D

s

a

G

s
k
s
i
D
g
n
i
t
s
r
u
B

y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
d
u
l
F

i

y

t

e

f

a

S

r

o

t

a

v

e

l

E

1972 Group revenue

£1.6m

s

k

c

o

l

r

e

t

n

I

y

t

e

f

a

S

2

7

9

1

4

7

9

1

6

7

9

1

8

7

9

1

0

8

9

1

2

8

9

1

4

8

9

1

6

8

9

1

8

8

9

1

0

9

9

1

2
9
9
1

4
9
9
1

6
9
9
1

8
9
9
1

0
0
0
2

2
0
0
2

4
0
0
2

6
0
0
2

8
0
0
2

0
1
0
2

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

33

s
r
o
s
n
e
S
y
t
i
r
u
c
e
S

s
c
i
t
p
O
h
t
l
a
e
H

s
r
o
s
n
e
S
r
o
o
D
c
i
t
a
m
o
t
u
A

g
n
i
r
o
t
i
n
o
M

t
e
s
s
A

s
c
i
n
o
t
o
h
P

Strategy in Action 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Review

Our financial position remains strong and we have continued  
to invest actively in our business

w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Adjusted profit* before tax
£m

£86m
+9%

100

75

50

25

Kevin Thompson Finance Director

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

Record results
Halma achieved record revenue and profit with strong organic profit growth and excellent cash generation against the background 
of tough market conditions. Our financial position remains strong and we have continued to invest actively in our business. This is 
the seventh consecutive year of record results.

Revenue
Adjusted profit*

2010  
£m

459.1

86.2

2009  
£m

455.9

79.1

Increase  
£m

3.2

7.1

Total

0.7%

9.0%

Percentage change

Organic  
growth**

Organic growth** at 
constant currency

0.5%

9.0%

(3.0%)

4.7%

** Organic growth* is calculated excluding the results of acquisitions and disposals. 

Adjusted profit* for the 53 weeks to 3 April 2010 increased by 9% to £86.2m (2009: £79.1m) exceeding our profit growth KPI.  
As shown on pages 6 and 7 the vast majority of our financial KPIs were above both last year and their targets. Exceptions to this 
were organic revenue growth and R&D as a percentage of revenue, which was slightly below last year but at the typically high 
levels of recent years. 

We acted early to ensure that our cost base was appropriate to the market circumstances we were seeing. The results we 
achieved are after charging costs of reorganisation amounting to £2.7m in the year. This together with the £1.2m charged to profit 
in the previous year had the anticipated effect of reducing the run rate of overheads by more than £15m, and improving product 
margins by £5m, compared with the run rate in the second half of 2008/09. This high impact at low cost was possible because of 
the great flexibility within our businesses and the autonomy of operations, allowing quick action appropriate to local needs. 

The second half profitability was much stronger than that of the first half which had been slightly below the prior year. 56% (2009: 
51%) of the full year’s adjusted profit* was earned in the second half. Adjusted profit* at £48.1m (2009: £40.1m) for the second half 
increased by 20%, due to good management of the cost base and higher product margins. All three sectors delivered an improved 
profit performance in the second half. 

* See Financial Highlights.

34 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
Half-yearly growth by sector

Infrastructure Sensors
Health and Analysis
Industrial Safety

Group

Revenue growth

Adjusted profit* growth

First half

Second half

(1%)

9%

(11%)

–

(2%)

 4%

 3%

 1%

Total

(2%)

7%

(4%)

 1%

First half

Second half

 2%

12%

(29%)

(2%)

13%

33%

 10%

20%

Total

 8%

 23%

(11%)

 9%

Health and Analysis increased its share of full year revenue to 38% (2009: 36%) although Infrastructure Sensors remains  
the largest sector at 40% (2009: 41%) of the total. 

Growth in Mainland Europe, USA and China 

Mainland Europe
United States of America
United Kingdom
Asia Pacific and Australasia
Other Countries

2010  
£m

135.7

127.2

98.3

59.1

38.8

459.1

Revenue

2009  
£m

132.5

120.7

104.4

54.1

44.2

455.9

Change  
£m

% growth

3.2

6.5

(6.1)

5.0

(5.4)

3.2

2%

5%

(6%)

9%

(12%)

1%

We have a balanced regional footprint. We achieved revenue growth in Mainland Europe, the largest sales destination at 30%  
of the total, with the USA close behind at 28% of the total. All three sectors grew in Mainland Europe. In the USA, Health and 
Analysis grew by 11% whilst there was a small decline there in the other two sectors. 

Our businesses are relentlessly pursuing revenue growth across the world. By contrast it has been tougher to get growth in the 
UK in recent years and this year all three sectors made lower sales to the UK than in the prior year. UK revenue was 6% down 
after a 4% decrease last year and the UK now represents 21% of total revenue compared with 27% of revenue in 2005. Over this 
period UK sales have grown by 22% compared with 53% growth in total Group revenue. Despite the reduced significance of the 
UK for the Group overall we continue to generate significant UK revenue in Fire Detection, Gas Detection, Security Sensors and 
Safety Interlocks. 

Revenue to the rest of world (outside Mainland Europe, USA and UK) totalled £98m and was level with last year. There was a  
5% underlying growth in the rest of world after adjusting for two small disposals made last year. We are actively targeting growth  
in these territories and aim to grow the 21% of Group revenue to 30% over the next five years. Revenue to China grew by an 
impressive 59% to £18m as a result of our increased investment over the past four years. We have momentum in China across 
many of our businesses, in particular those in Health and Analysis. 

Currency less volatile
Halma reports its results in Sterling. The most important other trading currencies are the US Dollar and Euro. These currencies 
have shown less volatility this year compared with last year. Approximately 30% of Group revenue is denominated in US Dollars and 
20% in Euros. Currency translation of results resulted in a 3.5% increase to reported revenues and a 4.3% increase in adjusted 
profit*. Translational currency exposures are not hedged. 

US Dollar
Euro

Weighted average rates used in  
Income Statement

Year end exchange rates used to  
translate Balance Sheet

2010 

1.60

1.13

2009 

1.72

1.20

2010 

1.53

1.13

2009 

1.43

1.08

Based on the current mix of currency denominated revenue and profit a 1% movement in the US Dollar relative to Sterling 
changes revenue by £1.5m and profit by £0.3m. Similarly, a 1% movement in the Euro changes revenue by £0.8m and profit by 
£0.2m. If current spot rates were maintained throughout the next year there may be a small positive impact from currency 
translation in 2010/11. 

We both purchase and sell significant amounts of product priced in US Dollars so the net impact of this currency on our trading  
is relatively limited – there is a good degree of natural hedging. We purchase fewer products in Euros than we sell in Euros and so 
have a net exposure of approximately Euro 40m in a typical year. This year we introduced a new hedging strategy, fixing currency 
rates up to 12 months forward for approximately 50% of our trading transactions. This gives our businesses greater certainty in 
their overseas trading. 

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

35

 
w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Financial Review
continued

High and increased margins
Return on Sales increased to the high level of 18.8% (2009: 17.3%) after two years of decline. In the past we have targeted a 
Return on Sales in the 16% to 20% range and have operated above 16% for each of the past 25 years. In the future we intend 
to operate at 18% to 20% or above, recognising the need to balance very high returns with investment for the future. Return on 
Sales is an important metric for the Group reflecting our high rate of profitability and the significant value our customers place 
on our products. 

Return on Sales is calculated after charging the reorganisation costs noted above. The increase over last year is due to a more 
than 1% improvement in product margins as well as the reduction in operating company overheads. Our three sectors currently 
have a similar Return on Sales (19% to 20%), which is a little above the Group figure due to the impact of central costs and 
interest on the Group calculation. Infrastructure Sensors and Health and Analysis both increased their Return on Sales strongly 
this year. 

Tax rates stable
The effective tax rate on profit before amortisation of acquired intangible assets was 26.5% (2009: 27.7%). This year on year 
reduction arose primarily due to the change in the mix of profits earned in different jurisdictions as well as some specific items 
such as the lower tax rate we currently enjoy in China due to our ‘high technology’ tax status. We expect the Group’s effective  
rate to be a little lower in the year ahead. 

The Group’s approach to taxation is to minimise the tax burden where possible in a responsible manner, managing good 
relationships with tax authorities based on legal compliance, transparency and co-operation. 

Low net finance cost
The net finance cost in the Income Statement was less than last year at £2.9m (2009: £3.4m). Net bank interest expense was 
£1.8m lower at £0.8m due to lower rates of interest and reduced borrowing. As expected the net pension finance charge was 
£1.2m above the prior year due to the lower pension plan asset values at the start of 2009/10 compared with the prior year. 

Looking ahead we expect the net pension finance cost to be lower in 2010/11 with plan asset values having recovered somewhat, 
offset by a higher interest cost on scheme liabilities. Bank interest expense will depend on our success in putting cash to work 
in making good quality acquisitions and of course the absolute level of borrowing rates. 

Growth in earnings per share, dividend and record market capitalisation
Adjusted earnings per share* increased by 10% to 16.9p (2009: 15.3p) driven primarily by the increase in the adjusted profit* and 
the reduction in the tax rate, offset by a higher number of shares in issue. Statutory earnings per share was up 14% to 16.1p 
(2009: 14.07p) due to the amortisation of acquired intangibles being lower this year than last. 

Halma has a progressive dividend policy. The recommended final dividend of 5.19p gives a total dividend up 7.2% to 8.50p 
(2009: 7.93p). At the year end share price this rate of full year dividend represents a dividend yield of 3.3%. With this 8.6% increase 
in the final dividend we will have increased our full year dividend by 5% or more for every one of the last 31 years paying out over 
£320m in dividends over that period. 

Dividend cover (the ratio of profit after taxation to dividends paid and proposed) calculated on adjusted* profit is now 1.98 times 
(2009: 1.92 times) which meets our objective of around 2 times cover.

Shortly after the 2009/10 year end Halma’s market capitalisation exceeded £1bn for the first time. This is over 50 times its market 
capitalisation 30 years ago and, together with our dividend growth record, reflects the value created for shareholders over the 
long term. 

Higher and increased returns
Return on Total Invested Capital (ROTIC), the post-tax return on all the Group’s assets including all historic goodwill, increased to 
13.6% (2009: 13.1%). It takes a good performance to increase the ROTIC measure as to do so requires delivering a return not only 
on the previous year’s total assets, but also on additions to those assets made during the current year. Halma’s ROTIC compares 
favourably to a long-term Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) calculated as currently being 8.5% (2009: 9.0%). The excess 
above WACC is an indicator of shareholder value creation. 

Efficient use of operating assets is a key part of our business model. We aim to operate with just enough net assets to satisfy our 
customer needs. Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) measures this operating effectiveness and this year increased significantly 
to 61.3% (2009: 47.7%). The increases came from the growth in profits but more significantly from the excellent management of 
working capital across the Group. 

The detailed calculation of these ratios is given in note 3 to the Accounts.

* See Financial Highlights. 

36 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
Excellent cash generation
Cash generation was extremely strong this year which is a great credit to the work of our operating company teams. Cash 
generated from operations, excluding taxation paid was £112.7m (2009: £86.4m) and this represents 131% (2009: 109%) of 
adjusted profit*. A summary of the year’s cash flow is as follows:

Cash flow
Operating cash flow before movement in working capital
Decrease/(increase) in working capital
Cash generated from operations
Acquisition of businesses
Disposal of businesses
Development costs capitalised
Net capital expenditure
Dividends paid
Taxation paid
Issue of shares/treasury shares purchased
Net interest paid
Exchange adjustments

Net debt brought forward
Net cash/(debt) carried forward

2010  
£m

99.6

13.1

112.7

(1.7)

0.5

(3.1)

(10.2)

(30.4)

(12.3)

0.8

(0.9)

4.9

60.3

(51.2)

9.1

2009  
£m

91.8

(5.4)

86.4

(12.4)

2.9

(3.8)

(15.2)

(28.8)

(20.5)

(0.2)

(2.7)

(12.6)

(6.9)

(44.3)

(51.2)

Our businesses managed their operating requirements very tightly and were able to generate £13.1m of cash out of working 
capital. The risk in outstanding trade debts continues to be closely managed at operating company level, closest to our customers 
which is especially beneficial in times of economic uncertainty. Consequently our record is very good in this area and we also 
benefit from the risk being spread across many customers. 

Taxation paid was relatively low. More tax was paid in advance in 2008/09 than was required given a lower level of profit in the final 
quarter of that year than expected and a UK tax deduction was obtained for currency movements on our currency denominated 
borrowings which is not expected to reverse. We expect the tax payments in 2010/11 to follow a more typical pattern with an 
amount closer to the taxation charge in the Income Statement.

Strong capital structure
We are highly cash generative, currently holding net cash and with substantial bank facilities available. Our strong balance sheet 
and retained earnings are used to sustain and develop our businesses. We have access to borrowings at short notice and at 
competitive rates and are comfortable with a modest level of debt to accelerate the Group’s progress. Group treasury policy is 
conservative and no speculative transactions are allowed. This policy utilises highly rated banks, spreads risks and aims to ensure 
good liquidity for the Group. 

Our five-year £165m syndicated revolving credit facility runs to February 2013 on attractive terms and with a well established core 
group of banks. The Group continues to operate well within its banking covenants with ample headroom on its facilities. 

We ended the year with £9.1m of net cash having come into the year with £51.2m net debt. The net cash figure is a combination of 
£22m debt and £31m cash. As a decentralised international Group we fund our businesses according to local needs and therefore 
some cash is held around the world to meet local requirements. We have an active programme of cash repatriation to maintain 
efficiency in our cash and debt management. The outstanding debt is primarily held in US Dollars and Euros; being the currencies 
in which we have funded recent acquisitions. We control the amount of currency debt we hold since although it provides a hedge 
against currency assets it also makes the debt subject to currency fluctuations, which can impact on the headroom available 
on our borrowing facilities. 

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

37

 
w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Financial Review
continued

Acquisition and disposals
In the year we spent £1.7m on acquisitions including costs. We purchased SphereOptics, a US manufacturer of light measurement 
equipment in January 2010 and have integrated it with Labsphere, one of our existing Photonics businesses. There is potential 
deferred consideration of up to £2.3m ($3.5m) payable to the vendors on achieving earnings growth objectives. At acquisition 
SphereOptics had revenue of £2.5m. 

As required under IFRS we review the fair value of assets and liabilities on all acquisitions and determine the value of goodwill 
and intangible assets acquired. Intangible assets are amortised through the Income Statement. This year’s charge to the  
Income Statement of £4.8m (2009: £6.3m) is lower than last year as certain intangible assets are now fully amortised. 

We made two small disposals in the prior year for a total of £2.7m resulting in a small gain. Both businesses were in the  
‘Rest of World’ region and so impact on the comparison of revenues year on year as noted above. 

We are working hard to build our pipeline of good quality acquisitions and have significant resources available to be deployed. 

Investing in assets
Expenditure on property, plant and computer software in the year was £11.0m (2009: £16.8m), 2008/09 having been a particularly 
high year of expenditure. This year’s figure represents 88% of depreciation, relatively low for Halma, and going forward we would 
expect something more like 100% to 120%. 

Although we operate an ‘asset light’ model we encourage all our businesses to make the capital expenditure necessary to meet 
customer needs and drive future organic growth. With the Group’s high ROCE we can earn a good return on well targeted capital 
investment. 

Meeting our pension obligation
On an IAS 19 basis the year end deficit on our defined benefit pension plans was £43.1m (2009: £42.6m) before the related 
deferred tax asset. Plan assets increased to £127.8m (2009: £89.8m) with a general recovery in equity values; 65% of plan assets 
are invested in equities. Plan liabilities increased to £170.9m (2009: £132.4m) due to lower discount rates pushing up the present 
value of liabilities and also due to slightly more prudent valuation assumptions, both in line with current market views. 

The Group’s defined benefit pension plans were closed to new members in 2003. The Board monitors pension strategy regularly 
and reviews it in detail at each pension fund valuation. The most recent triennial plan valuation has just been finalised and we are 
making extra contributions at the rate of approximately £6m per annum into the plans with the objective of eliminating the deficit, 
as measured on an IAS 19 basis, over a 10-year period. 

Investing in R&D and emerging markets
Expenditure on R&D this year at £21.4m (2009: £22.9m) represents 4.7% (2009: 5%) of revenue. Investing in new products and 
innovation is an important part of the Halma story and we have been careful to minimise cuts in R&D against the background of 
more significant overhead reductions elsewhere in the business. We have been increasing our rate of investment in R&D steadily 
in recent years, continually enhancing our technology base. We aim to maintain this rate at around 5% of revenue, ahead of our 
benchmark figure of 4% of revenue. 

We are required under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) to capitalise certain development expenditure and 
amortise it over an appropriate period, for us three years. R&D by its nature carries some risk and all R&D projects, particularly 
those requiring capitalisation, are subject to close scrutiny and a rigorous approval and review process. In 2010 we capitalised 
£3.1m (2009: £3.8m) and amortised £3.8m (2009: £2.9m). This results in an asset carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheet of 
£9.2m (2009: £10.2m).

We have invested in emerging markets and in China particularly over the past five years. We will continue with this investment and 
are in the process of expanding our regional coverage in China at a cost of £0.6m in 2010/11 and an ongoing annual cost of £1.1m. 
We expect a good payback on this investment through increased revenue in the region.

38 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
Risk management and going concern
The main risks facing the Group and how we deal with them are reviewed on pages 40 and 41. Key operating risks are covered  
in the Strategic and Sector reviews. 

Risks are spread across the Group via a number of independent operating units each with a high quality local team including a 
finance executive. There is extensive review of risks and operations at local and divisional level, close to the action, supplemented 
by the independent review of our Internal Audit function which incorporates Information Technology (IT) reviews. These IT reviews 
have been stepped up during the year. Higher on our agenda at the moment are Intellectual Property risks and the risk of bribery 
and corruption to ensure continued best practice as we do more in emerging markets.

Each week we collect and analyse revenue, orders and cash information for each operating company. We are making an 
increased investment in Group-wide systems to provide faster and more complete data to drive even better management action. 

The tougher economic environment we have faced over the past 18 months has highlighted a number of risks which have  
had to be managed including supplier risks, potential bad debts and fraud, and the maintenance of an appropriate cost base. 
Each of these areas has received close scrutiny so that risks do not escalate and to ensure that opportunities are not missed.  
The Board considers all of these factors in carrying out its Going Concern review as described on page 53. Autonomy and 
accountability across the Group continues to be key to Halma’s success, making risk management an integral part of our 
sustainable delivery of value to shareholders over the long term. 

Kevin Thompson 
Finance Director

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

39

 
Our Risk Factors

We recognise major risks and uncertainties facing us  
and take action to identify, manage and mitigate them

w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Description

Mitigation

Operational Risk
We seek to continuously grow our profits, 
generating a high return for shareholders over  
the long term within a clear strategic framework.  
We view risk within the context of this objective  
as well as in absolute terms. In any business the 
inherent risks that are an integral component of 
business activities must be identified, managed  
and mitigated. We perceive our primary operational 
risks to emanate from remoteness of operation  
and the actions and quality of our employees.

Organic Growth, Supplier Risk and Competition
The Group faces competition in the form of pricing, 
service, reliability and substitution. We rely on high 
quality supply from our partners. These constitute 
an ongoing threat to our growth. 

Research and Development
New products are critical to our organic growth and 
underpin our ability to earn high margins and high 
returns over the long term. 

Our key means of risk control is the choice of the markets in which we operate and  
the people and methods we use to exploit those market opportunities. Our choice  
is to operate in the safety products and health-related technology markets which we 
consider to be robust over the long term. We invest heavily in identifying, recruiting  
and training talented people who are able to manage the risks we face while delivering 
the excellent results we require. The depth of market knowledge we have built up  
within the Group, allows us to adequately evaluate and assess the risks we encounter 
throughout our operations. We do not place undue reliance on any one Group company 
nor does any one Group company rely heavily on one customer, supplier or transaction. 
We always seek to spread our risks. We have processes in place to ensure any major 
transactions are reviewed at the appropriate level, including at Board level if necessary. 
Another factor limiting risk is that our products are predominantly critical components 
or instruments which are warranted as fit for the purpose rather than systems or 
intangible products where satisfactory performance is contingent upon third parties.

Our focus on investing in management development, innovation and international 
growth is a direct result of assessing these risks. We aim to manage the risk of  
timing and quality of component supply by dual sourcing and long standing working 
relationships. By empowering and resourcing local operations to respond to changing 
market needs, the potential adverse impact of downward price pressure and 
competition can be mitigated and growth maintained. We recognise the competitive 
threat coming from emerging economies and by operating within these economies, 
typically using local staff, we are better placed to make fast progress ourselves.

R&D is of necessity a risky activity but by devolving control of product development into 
the autonomous operating businesses, we spread the risk and ensure that the resource 
is as close to the customer as possible. New product development ‘best practice’  
is shared between Group companies and return on investment of past and future 
innovation projects is tracked monthly. Large R&D projects, especially those which  
are capitalised, require Head Office approval.

Intangible Resources
Our businesses build competitive advantage  
and strengthen barriers to entry in many ways 
including patents, product approvals, technical 
innovation, product quality, customer service  
levels and branding. We look for these qualities  
in the businesses we seek to acquire. Protection  
of our intellectual property is important to our 
continued success.

The main intangible resources which deliver competitive advantage and which support 
our strategic objectives are: the patents and trademarks which protect our products; 
our employees, whose understanding of our technology, customers’ needs and the 
dynamics of the markets we operate in, enable us to maintain leadership in many 
markets; and the enviable reputation enjoyed by our brands for superior product quality 
and market leading customer support. Whilst no single product or process is critical  
to the Group as a whole, all appropriate actions are taken to protect our intellectual 
property rights. With our development activity increasing in emerging economies we  
will often segregate the elements of a project to protect the know how.

Laws and Regulations
Group operations are subject to wide-ranging  
laws and regulations including business conduct, 
employment, environmental and health and safety 
legislation. There is also exposure to product 
litigation and contractual risk.

All Group companies have an employee handbook detailing employment practices, 
including the need to report any major legal or contractual risks. The Group’s emphasis 
on excellent financial control, the deployment of high quality management resource  
and strong focus on quality control over products and processes in each operating 
business helps to protect us from product failure, litigation and contractual issues.  
Each operating company has a health and safety manager responsible for compliance 
and our performance in this area is excellent. Health and safety processes have been 
reviewed at each operating company this year. We carry comprehensive insurance 
against all standard categories of insurable risk. Contract review and approval 
processes mitigate exposure to contractual liability. Our well established policies on 
bribery and corruption are constantly being reviewed to ensure continued compliance 
with best practice. 

40 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
Description

Mitigation

Information Technology/Business Interruption
Group and operational management depend on 
timely and reliable information from our software 
systems. We seek to ensure continuous availability 
and operation of those systems as disruption could 
delay or impact on decision making and service to 
our customers.

There is substantial redundancy and back up built into any Group wide systems.  
The spread of business offers good protection from individual events and disaster 
recovery plans are widespread. We have a small central resource available, Halma IT 
Services, to assist Group companies with any major IT needs and to ensure adequate IT 
security policies are set across the Group. We carry out regular IT audits across the 
Group. This year we have introduced processes to standardise our software systems 
and improve systems implementation by focusing on the pre-implementation phase.

Acquisitions
The identification and purchase of businesses 
which meet our demanding financial and growth 
criteria is an important part of our strategy for 
developing the Group, as is ensuring the new 
businesses are rapidly integrated into the Group.

We aim to pay sensible multiples for businesses whose technology and markets  
we know well. Divisional Chief Executives are responsible for finding and completing 
acquisitions in their business sectors subject to Board approval. We support them  
with central resources to search for opportunities and assist with implementation  
of a post-acquisition plan. Incentives are aligned to encourage acquisitions which are 
value-enhancing from day one.

Financial Irregularities and Increasing Span of 
Control
We recognise that the size and remoteness of some 
operations may not permit full segregation of duties 
and that Internal and External Audit procedures 
may not always identify a financial irregularity.  
This risk increases as we pursue our strategy of 
geographic expansion often into regions with 
different accounting bases and cultures.

The Group ensures that there is adequate local management and financial resource  
in each operational location and regularly reiterates to the subsidiary company officers 
their fiduciary responsibilities, ensuring they are adequately trained in financial matters 
whilst maintaining a culture of openness to promote disclosure. Group companies 
operate a common set of reporting procedures and accounting policies, disseminated 
via the Group intranet. This year our Internal Audit function increased the depth and 
scope of its audits.

Cash
For any business a key risk is that it will run out of 
cash or have inadequate access to cash. In addition, 
cash deposits need to be held in a secure form  
or location. 

The strong cash flow generated by the Group provides financial flexibility. Cash needs 
are monitored regularly. In addition to short-term overdraft facilities the Group holds a 
five-year revolving credit facility, renewable in February 2013, which provides sufficient 
headroom for its needs. Cash deposits are monitored centrally and spread amongst a 
number of highly rated banks.

Treasury Risks
Foreign currency risk is the most significant 
treasury related risk for the Group. In times of 
increased volatility this can have a significant 
impact on performance. The Sterling value of 
overseas profit earned during the year is sensitive 
to the strength of Sterling, particularly against  
the US Dollar and the Euro. The Group is exposed  
to a lesser extent to other treasury risks such  
as interest rate risk and liquidity risk. These 
financial risks are discussed more fully in note 25  
to the accounts.

Current Economic Conditions
In times of uncertain economic conditions 
businesses face additional or elevated levels of risk. 
These include market and customer risk, customer 
default, fraud, supply chain risk and liquidity risk. 

The Group does not use complex derivative financial instruments and no speculative 
treasury transactions are undertaken. Currency profits are not hedged. Currency 
hedging must fit with the commercial needs of the business and this year we have 
introduced a new hedging strategy to manage Group exposures. This requires the 
hedging of a substantial proportion of expected future transactions up to 12 months 
ahead. Longer term currency trends can only be covered through a wide geographic 
spread of operations. We closely monitor performance against the financial covenants 
on our revolving credit facility and are operating well within these covenants. 

We manage such risks primarily at local company level where they are best understood 
and where we are closest to the markets and our customers. The financial strength, 
availability of finance and diversity of the Group provides mitigation to much of this  
risk. We operate robust credit management at each operating company. Each business 
regularly undertakes a close examination of its cost structure to determine that it is 
appropriate to the current economic circumstances it faces and contingency plans  
are in place for potential future changes. High quality subsidiary boards provide close 
monitoring of operations whilst the Halma Executive Board identifies any wider trends 
which require action on a broader basis across the Group.

Pension Deficit
Monitoring the funding needs of the Group’s 
pension plans is essential to funding our pension 
obligations effectively. Our UK defined benefit 
pension plans are closed to new members.

There is regular dialogue with pension fund trustees and pension strategy is a regular 
Halma Board agenda item. The Group’s strong cash flows and access to adequate 
borrowing facilities mean that the pensions risk can be adequately managed. The Group 
has increased pension contributions with the overall objective of paying off the deficit in 
line with the Actuary’s recommendations. We monitor and consider alternative means 
of reducing our pension risk in light of the best long-term interest for shareholders. 

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

41

 
w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Organic Growth Investing in People

People development 
builds our competitive 
advantage

Past Recognising the vital role that our people play in delivering 
organic growth, our flagship training course, the Halma Executive 
Development Programme (HEDP), is designed to enhance the skills 
of the next generation of Managing Directors and Divisional Chief 
Executives. It has had a major influence on the careers of many 
senior managers since its launch in 2005. To develop the skills  
of our middle managers, we introduced the Halma Management 
Development Programme (HMDP) in 2007. We run the courses  
in the USA, Europe and Asia. 

So far...

and...

152
executives have 
completed HEDP 
courses

HEDP 
HEDP is a three-week 
residential course, which 
focuses on leadership skills 
and personal development.

277
managers have 
completed HMDP 
courses

HMDP 
HMDP is a week-long 
residential course to help 
middle managers achieve 
more in their existing role 
and to advance through the 
organisation.

42 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

Strategy in Action 
 
 
 
 
Future Our latest training initiative, the 
Halma Certificate in Applied Technology 
(HCAT), launched in 2010. HCAT is developing 
talent which drives our technical and process 
innovation and thereby fuels organic growth. 

Accelerates  
new ideas  
to market

Improves  
return on 
innovation 
investment

Creates 
collaboration 
networks  
across the  
Group

HCAT 
HCAT targets engineers at 
first level management or 
below. The one-year part 
time programme develops 
communication skills and 
broadens knowledge in areas 
such as strategy, finance  
and product marketing.  
It includes a module on 
project management and  
a series of visits to Halma 
companies to leverage 
existing knowledge as well  
as spark creative new ideas.

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

43

Strategy in Actionw
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Corporate Responsibility

Achievements

KPIs

We deliver sustainable value to our customers and shareholders.

1.  Halma’s carbon policy was first approved by the Board in 2007 and 
calls for a 10% reduction in the carbon footprint every three years.

Non-financial Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) are used by the 
Board to monitor progress on Group initiatives; financial KPIs are 
considered on pages 6 and 7.

CO2 emissions: tonnes/£m of revenue

41

2010

39

2009

40

2008

42

2007

10% reduction

Group target

Emissions increased following recent acquisition.

2.  Halma conducts an annual survey of its employees to assess how 

Values alignment

well the Group’s values are aligned with its employees and how well 
the Group communicates its values to employees.

3.  The Halma Executive Development Programme (HEDP) and the 
Halma Management Development Programme (HMDP) provide 
executives and middle managers with the necessary skills they 
need in their current and future roles.

5

2010

6

2009

7

2008

5

2007

5

Group target

Survey of senior managers matched the target of five of their desired 
values being present in our business culture.

Subsidiary directors/managers who had completed 
HEDP/HMDP by March 2010

67%

2010

55%

2009

50%

2008

26%

2007

>50%

Group target

Continued commitment to training our people.

Governance and commitment to Corporate Responsibility
As Halma companies are involved in the manufacture of a wide range of products for the protection and improvement to quality  
of life for people worldwide, safety is critical to the Group and is a major priority for management. Likewise, the reduction of the 
Group’s carbon footprint has received elevated attention since 2007 with the objective of a 10% reduction in relative carbon usage 
in the three years to March 2010 and over the subsequent three years to March 2013.

Our core values are Achievement, Innovation, Empowerment and Customer Satisfaction. These core values have been selected 
following extensive surveying of employees across the Group. Our culture is one of openness, integrity and accountability.  
We encourage our employees to act fairly in their dealings with fellow employees, customers, suppliers and business partners. 
We recognise that our employees determine our success and therefore have invested in and encouraged their development more 
this year than ever before, not only with our intranet training facilities and Halma Development Programmes, but also through 
clearer leadership and decisive action. By ensuring that our team has the approach and skills required to succeed we are better 
placed to meet the challenges of the future.

We recognise the necessity of safeguarding the health and safety of our own employees whilst at work and operate so as to 
provide a safe and comfortable working environment for employees, visitors and the public. Our policy is to manage our activities 
to avoid causing any unnecessary or unacceptable risks to health and safety and the environment. We have an excellent long-
term record for addressing environmental issues that affect our businesses and for developing products that protect the 
environment and improve safety at work and in public places.

Many of our innovative products play a very positive role in monitoring and improving the environment. Our brands lead the world 
in a number of technologies which help to minimise environmental damage. 

We support the concept of sustainability and recognise that, in common with all businesses, our activities have an environmental 
impact. Our strategy is not to have capital-intensive manufacturing processes, so the environmental impact of our operations is 
relatively low compared to manufacturers in other sectors. We also recognise that we can improve our own environmental 
performance and so resources are now being deployed to actively reduce our own carbon footprint.

Halma has been a member of the FTSE4Good UK index since its establishment in July 2001.

A summary of our progress and performance for all areas of corporate responsibility follows. Halma has developed meaningful 
key performance indicators (KPIs) that reflect the importance the Group places on corporate responsibility and enable the Board 
to monitor the Group’s progress in meeting its objectives and responsibilities in these areas.

Halma has an excellent health and safety record and a culture of safety is deeply embedded within the Group. We want to 
recognise the effort behind this exemplary record and will continue to actively promote our safety culture over the coming year.

44 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
Halma and the environment
We have an excellent long-term record and a clear strategy for addressing environmental issues that affect our businesses  
and for developing products that protect the environment and improve safety at work and in public places.

Our products
Many of our innovative products play a very positive role in monitoring and improving the environment. Halma brands lead the 
world in a number of technologies which help to minimise environmental damage.

Our principal environmental technologies are water leakage detection, gas emissions monitoring, water and effluent analysis,  
UV water treatment and optical sensing. We tirelessly promote the use of UV water sterilisation which eliminates the need to use 
dangerous chemicals, as well as products that minimise the waste of clean water.

Our commitment to the development of equipment for measuring environmental changes and controlling the damaging impact 
of industrial activities is long term.

We make safety equipment for use at work, in public places and in transportation systems that contribute to increased personal 
safety by ensuring safe practice at work, protecting people from fire and making elevators and automatic doors safe and effective. 
We are the major world supplier in several of these areas.

Carbon policy
The Group’s policy on carbon is published on our website and has been distributed and explained to all Halma business units.

A senior executive in each of our higher-impact business units is responsible for implementing the carbon policy at local level. 
Our Finance Director, Kevin Thompson, has principal responsibility for coordinating and monitoring the policy.

Environmental management system
We are committed to developing and implementing an environmental management system (EMS) throughout the Group to 
measure, control and, where practical, reduce our environmental impacts. We have developed performance indicators that assist 
local management in implementing the policy and ultimately developing an EMS. The requirement for an EMS and the related 
reporting has been rolled out to all UK business units, which represent approximately 50% of Group production facilities in terms 
of external turnover. All Group companies are encouraged to undertake ISO 14001, the international environmental accreditation, 
where warranted, and since we last reported Fortress’ Australian operations have joined the list of ISO 14001 approved entities. 
The requirement to implement an EMS will be extended to the rest of the Group in the medium term. In terms of revenue, 
currently 20% of the Group has ISO 14001 approval.

Our impact
The environmental effect of our operations is relatively low compared to manufacturers in other sectors. Our manufacturing 
model is decentralised permitting our operations to be located close to their customers. Manufacturing operations are 
established across the world for this very reason rather than to save labour costs. The ethos of being close to our customers 
reflects the importance we place on the quality of our products and the service levels we provide to our customers. It also makes 
our operations more flexible and responsive to their markets and customers. With operations spread around the globe, our 
supplier base is understandably fragmented. Therefore, responsibility for vetting and managing suppliers is devolved to local 
management whilst meeting the Group’s ethical standards.

FTSE4Good has assessed Halma as having a low impact on the environment. Nevertheless, Group companies are encouraged to 
improve energy efficiency, reduce waste and emissions and reduce the use of materials in order to minimise their environmental 
impact. The Group established baseline data in 2004/05 on emissions to air and water, water and energy consumption, and waste 
production, the results of which are updated on the Halma website each year. The data collected for the past five years has 
enabled the Group to set comprehensive and quantifiable objectives for reducing its environmental impacts in those areas and to 
set and monitor targets for reduction in key areas. The collected data confirms that the main area of impact on the environment 
is energy consumption. The Group does not operate a fleet of distribution vehicles although we do own a number of company 
cars. From May 2007, we implemented a cap on permissible CO2 emissions of all UK company vehicles and will extend this 
requirement to the rest of the world in due course. This limit is reduced each year so as to consistently reduce our vehicles’ 
environmental impact. We have also set a fuel consumption standard for company vehicles in the USA which is reviewed annually.

We are committed to reducing our carbon footprint. We set a target in 2007 to reduce the Group’s total carbon emissions relative 
to revenues by 10% over three years. Following a total reduction of 7% in the first two years, in 2009/10 our total Group carbon 
emissions averaged 41 tonnes per £million of revenues, as shown on page 44. This represents a 2% reduction on the 2007 level. 

In November 2008 we acquired Oerlikon Optics in the US, which we integrated into our Photonics sub-sector. This business is a 
significant consumer of energy for its optical coating facility and we are now working hard to improve the energy efficiency of its 
operations. Excluding that business the Group would have reported in the current year carbon emissions better than its targeted 
10% reduction. 

Due to revisions to best practice in conversion of energy usage into carbon tonnes we reset the carbon benchmark in April 2010 
to enable comparability in the future. The updated figure for the Group for 2010 is 47 tonnes of carbon per £million of revenue. 
We are setting ourselves the target of a 10% carbon reduction per £million of revenue over the next three years. 

From April 2010, we will be working with a provider of energy efficiency and carbon reduction solutions to ensure compliance with 
the new Carbon Reduction Commitment Energy Efficiency Scheme (CRC), which is the UK’s mandatory climate change and 
energy saving scheme, started in April 2010 and administered by the Environment Agency. Our existing monitoring systems will 
be enhanced to drive further improvement in our energy usage firstly in the UK, and in due course, across the Group.

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

45

 
w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Corporate Responsibility
continued

Our carbon policy can be found on the Halma website. The Group’s environmental performance will continue to be reported both 
in the Annual report and on our website.

The Group is committed to examining the establishment of ‘green’ procurement policies and increasing our use of recycled 
materials.

Halma and its people
The Group has a policy of equal opportunities and preventing harassment, which applies in relation to recruitment of all new 
employees and to the management of existing personnel. This gives us access to the widest labour market and enables us  
to secure the best employees for our needs. We offer all of our staff training relevant to their roles and we believe that this 
contributes to an increase in employee motivation and job satisfaction. The culture alignment survey results mentioned below 
support this trend.

Periodically we complete a survey of employees to determine whether our core values are authentic in our organisation.

The survey establishes the values individual employees wish to see in our operating culture and to what extent they exist in our 
current culture.

In 2006, our survey of senior managers showed that five of the values they wanted to see in our business were actually present. 
Again in 2010, our survey of senior managers showed that five desired values were still present in our business. This indicates 
that there is a healthy level of alignment between the culture we aspire to have and the culture we have today.

No survey is capable of capturing all the appropriate sentiments, but our executives, who regularly visit all Group companies, 
agree that observable and valuable improvements in the Group culture have occurred over recent years.

The Group will continue to monitor the survey results to enable us to better support our people bringing these values and 
strengths to work so that they and we may derive further benefit from them.

Disabled employees
Applications for employment by disabled persons are always fully considered, bearing in mind the aptitudes of the applicant 
concerned. In the event of members of staff becoming disabled, every effort is made to ensure that their employment with the 
Group continues and that appropriate training is arranged. It is the policy of the Group that the training, career development and 
promotion of disabled persons should, as far as possible, be identical to that of other employees.

Employee consultation
The Group places considerable value on the involvement of its employees and has continued to keep them informed on matters 
affecting them as employees and on the various factors affecting the performance of the Group. This is achieved through formal 
and informal meetings, the Group intranet and the annual financial statements. Employee representatives are consulted routinely 
on a wide range of matters affecting their current and future interests. An employee share plan has been running successfully 
since 1980. It is open to all UK employees and aligns the interests of all UK employees to those of shareholders.

Health and safety
The Group manages its activities to avoid causing any unnecessary or unacceptable risks to health and safety to our employees  
in the work place or to the public as a result of our activities. The policy is understood by all Group companies, and given the 
autonomous structure of the Group, operational responsibility for compliance with relevant local health and safety regulations is 
delegated to the board of directors of each Group company. We believe health and safety training is important and it is carried out 
within companies as appropriate. Adequate internal reporting exists in order that the Group’s Finance Director may monitor each 
company’s compliance with this policy.

Major injuries recorded
Days lost due to work-related injuries 
Total recorded injuries to all employees 

2010

133

233

2009

706

496

2008

691

388

The Group has collected details of its worldwide reported health and safety incidents which are available on our website at 
www.halma.com. We are pleased to report that there were no fatalities during 2009/10, 2008/09 or 2007/08.

People development
The Halma Executive Development Programme (HEDP), which is based on our recognition of the fundamental part our people 
play in the success of the Group, continued to thrive in 2009/10. HEDP is an integrated development plan for our senior people – 
including the next generation of Managing Directors and Divisional Chief Executives. Our objective is to provide these individuals 
with the tools and training to achieve more in their existing role and potentially to advance through the organisation if their 
achievements merit it.

Training
Cumulative number of candidates that have completed HEDP 
Cumulative number of candidates that have completed HMDP 

2010

152

277

2009

113

206

2008

90

104

HEDP is aimed squarely at employees already serving on subsidiary boards but we also encourage applications from senior 
functional managers who can demonstrate they already have equivalent responsibilities and will benefit from the programme. 
There are approximately 200 such eligible employees in total.

46 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
The programme has been developed from a proven course structure and is specifically and continuously tailored to suit Halma’s 
needs, aligning the content to the Group’s four core values of Achievement, Innovation, Empowerment and Customer Satisfaction. 
It focuses strongly on strategic and leadership capabilities and developing personal attributes – commitment, determination and 
resilience. There is an emphasis on performance management and team development. It includes skill-based elements such as 
sales and marketing management, project leadership, corporate governance, finance and innovation, but all are presented in a 
strategic context.

Ten programmes have now been completed and the success of the programme can be measured by the enthusiasm of the 
participants upon their return to their businesses, the achievements of a number of participants and their eagerness to 
coordinate further sessions to explore topics of particular interest to their programme Group.

With the HEDP a well-established part of Halma’s people development activity, in the 2008 financial year we established a new 
programme for subsidiary managers and supervisors – the Halma Management Development Programme (HMDP). During the 
year, four programmes were completed giving a cumulative total of 277 employees who have completed HMDP. Programmes 
were held in the USA, Europe and Asia.

In 2010, we are introducing a new programme targeted at our technical engineers to equip them with a broader understanding  
of Halma’s technology, improve their productivity and provide specific skills training in areas such as project management.

Community
In line with our decentralised structure, social and community activities are sponsored and undertaken at the direction of 
subsidiary management. Each subsidiary has the freedom to implement its own initiatives. This approach recognises that 
priorities will vary from business to business.

Responsible investment
Investing in Halma shares meets the criteria of many professional and private investors who base their decisions on 
environmental, ethical and social considerations. The Group is a world leader in several key environmental technologies and  
has a reputation for honesty and integrity in its relationships with employees, customers, business partners and shareholders.

Social conditions can be improved for all through the creation of wealth. Halma creates wealth responsibly allowing our 
employees, customers, business partners and shareholders to determine where this wealth is best distributed.

Halma’s policies reflect the core requirements of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the ILO Declaration on 
Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work. We do not tolerate practices which contravene these international standards.

Regulatory demands upon us vary considerably around the world, so Halma establishes the core structure to ensure that Group 
companies fully comply with regulatory requirements while permitting them to tailor the solutions to their particular needs.

Ethics
The Group culture is one of openness, integrity and accountability. Halma encourages its employees to act fairly in their dealings 
with fellow employees, customers, suppliers and business partners. We aim to have suppliers of high quality and operate to 
accepted international standards. Halma operates a confidential whistleblowing policy, which enables all Group employees to 
raise any concerns they may have.

Halma has a zero-tolerance policy on bribery and corruption which extends to all business dealings and transactions in which we 
are involved. This includes a prohibition on making political donations, offering or receiving inappropriate gifts or making undue 
payments to influence the outcome of business dealings.

Cautionary note The Business review has been prepared solely to assist shareholders to assess the Board’s strategies and their 
potential to succeed. It should not be relied on by any other party, for other purposes. Forward-looking statements have been made by 
the Directors in good faith using information available up until the date that they approved the Report. Forward-looking statements 
should be regarded with caution because of the inherent uncertainties in economic trends and business risks.

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

47

 
Board of Directors and Executive Team

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Name:

Title:

Geoff Unwin 

Chairman  

Andrew Williams 

Chief Executive  

Kevin Thompson 

Finance Director  

Adam Meyers 

Chief Executive – Health Optics  
and Photonics Division

Appointment:

July 2003 Chairman  
Sept 2002 Deputy Chairman

July 2004 (Board)  
April 2002 (Executive Board)

April 1998 (Board)  
January 1995 (Executive Board)

April 2008 (Board)  
April 2003 (Executive Board)

Age:

67

Committees/
sub-sectors:

Nomination (Chairman)  
and Remuneration 

43

Nomination  

50

48

Health Optics and Photonics 

Skills and 
experience:

Geoff is Chairman of Liberata plc, 
Taptu Limited and Alliance 
Medical Group Limited. He is a 
non-voting board director of 
Capgemini Group, a member of 
the advisory board of Palamon 
Capital Partners and also chairs 
one of their investments, 
OmniBus Systems Limited.

Previously he was Chief Executive 
of Cap Gemini Ernst & Young 
until 2002 and Chairman of 
United Business Media plc from 
2002 to 2007.

Andrew was appointed Chief 
Executive of Halma p.l.c. in 
February 2005. He became a 
member of the Executive Board  
in 2002 as Divisional Chief 
Executive of the Optics and Water 
Instrumentation Division and was 
promoted to a Director of 
Halma’s p.l.c. Board in 2004. He 
joined Halma in 1994 as 
Manufacturing Director of 
Palmer Environmental and 
became Managing Director  
of that company in 1997. Andrew  
is a Chartered Engineer and a 
production engineering graduate 
of Birmingham University.

Kevin is Finance Director of 
Halma. In 1995 he joined the 
Halma Executive Board as 
Finance Director, in 1997 became 
Group Finance Director and in 
1998 was appointed to the Halma 
p.l.c. Board.

He joined the Group in 1987  
as Group Financial Controller  
and qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant with Price 
Waterhouse. Kevin is an 
economics and accounting 
graduate of Bristol University.

Adam is Chief Executive of the 
Health Optics and Photonics 
Division. He was promoted to a 
Director of Halma’s p.l.c. Board in 
April 2008. He became a member 
of the Halma Executive Board in 
2003 as Divisional Chief 
Executive. He joined Halma in 
1996 as President of Bio-Chem 
Valve. Adam is a systems 
engineering graduate of the 
University of Pennsylvania and 
gained his MBA from Harvard 
Business School.

Richard Stone 

Stephen Pettit 

Jane Aikman 

Neil Quinn 

Name:

Title:

Non-executive Director and 
Senior Independent Director

Non-executive Director  

Non-executive Director  

Appointment: 

January 2001 

September 2003 

August 2007 

Chief Executive –  
Safety Sensors Division

April 1998 (Board)  
April 1995 (Executive Board)

Age:

67

59

44

60

Committees/
sub-sectors:

Nomination, Remuneration 
(Chairman) and Audit 

Nomination, Remuneration  
and Audit 

Nomination, Remuneration  
and Audit (Chairman) 

Bursting Disks, Gas Detection 
and Automatic Door Sensors 

Skills and 
experience:

Richard is the Senior 
Independent Director. He is 
Chairman of Drambuie Limited, a 
non-executive director of 
Gartmore Global Trust p.l.c., 
Trust Union Finance (1991) plc, 
Engandscot Limited, TR Property 
Investment Trust plc and 
Candover Investments plc. 
Previously Richard was a 
member of the Global Board of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers and 
Chairman of Coopers & Lybrand.

Stephen was appointed a 
non-executive Director of  
Halma in September 2003.  
He is chairman of ROK plc  
and a non-executive director of 
National Grid plc and BT Group 
plc – Equality of Access Board. 
Stephen is an Economics and 
Politics graduate of Cardiff 
University, has an MSc from 
London School of Economics  
and an MBA from INSEAD. 
Previously Stephen was an 
executive director with Cable & 
Wireless PLC and a divisional  
chief executive with BP PLC.

Jane was appointed a 
non-executive Director of Halma 
in August 2007. She is Finance 
Director of Infinis Limited.  
Jane qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant with Ernst & Young 
and has a degree in civil 
engineering from Birmingham 
University. Previously Jane was 
finance director of both Wilson 
Bowden Plc and Pressac plc.

She spent three years as an 
internal audit manager with  
GEC Alsthom and five years  
in East Asia with Asia Pulp  
and Paper Co Limited.

Neil is Chief Executive of the 
Safety Sensors Division. He  
was appointed to the Halma 
Executive Board in 1995 and to 
the Halma p.l.c. Board in 1998. 
He joined the Group as Sales 
Director of Apollo Fire Detectors 
in 1987, becoming Managing 
Director in 1992. Neil has a 
Material Sciences degree from 
Sheffield University.

48 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
Name:

Title:

John Campbell 

Chief Executive –  
Elevator Safety Division

Nigel Trodd

Chief Executive –  
Fire and Security Division

Mark Lavelle 

Chief Executive –  
Process Safety Division

Allan Stamper 

Chief Executive – Water and 
Asset Monitoring Division

Appointment:

April 1998 (Executive Board)  

July 2003 (Executive Board)  

April 2007 (Executive Board) 

October 2007 (Executive Board) 

Age:

51

Committees/
sub-sectors:

Elevator Safety 

52

Fire Detection and Security 
Sensors 

51

Safety Interlocks 

55

Water Management and 
Asset Monitoring 

Skills and 
experience:

John is Chief Executive of 
the Elevator Safety Division. 
He previously led the successful 
disposal of the Group’s resistor 
businesses. He joined the Halma 
Executive Board in 1998 and has 
also operated Halma businesses 
in the Safety Interlock, Bursting 
Disk and Automatic Door Sensor 
areas. He joined the Group  
in 1995 as President of IPC 
Resistors and is an electrical 
engineering graduate of the 
University of Toronto.

Nigel is Chief Executive of the 
Fire and Security Division.  
He joined Halma in July 2003 as 
Chief Executive of Process Safety 
Division and a member of the 
Executive Board. Nigel is a 
business studies graduate of 
Thames Valley University and  
is a member of the Chartered 
Institute of Marketing.

Mark is Chief Executive of the 
Process Safety Division. He joined 
Keeler Instruments in November 
2001 as Managing Director and 
was promoted to Divisional Chief 
Executive and the Executive 
Board in 2007. Mark has a 
chemistry degree from 
Cambridge University and an 
MBA from INSEAD.

Allan is Divisional Chief Executive 
of the Water and Asset 
Monitoring Division. He was 
appointed to the Executive Board 
in October 2007. He joined the 
Group in 2002 as Managing 
Director of Crowcon Detection 
Instruments. Allan is an 
engineering graduate of both 
Loughborough University (BSc) 
and Imperial College (MSc) and 
has an MBA from Cranfield.

Name:

Title:

Carol Chesney 

Company Secretary  

Charles Dubois 

Martin Zhang 

Chief Executive –  
Fluid Technology Division

Director – Halma China  

Appointment: 

April 1998 

April 2008 (Executive Board) 

February 2008 

Age:

47

Committees/
sub-sectors:

44

43

Fluid Technology and Water-UV 

Halma China 

Skills and 
experience:

Carol was appointed Company 
Secretary of Halma p.l.c. in 1998. 
She spent three years with 
English China Clays p.l.c. before 
joining Halma in 1995 as Group 
Finance Manager. She is a maths 
graduate of Randolph-Macon 
Woman’s College, Virginia and 
qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant with Arthur 
Andersen.

Charles is Chief Executive of the 
Fluid Technology Division. He was 
appointed to the Executive Board 
in April 2008. He was previously 
President of Diba Industries 
having joined the Group in 1999 
as Vice President of Perma Pure 
LLC. He holds a Bachelor’s 
degree in physics from the 
College of the Holy Cross and 
earned his MBA from the F.W. 
Olin School of Business at 
Babson College.

Martin was appointed as Adviser 
to the Halma Executive Board in 
February 2008. Martin joined the 
Group in June 2006 as Director of 
Halma China and successfully 
established Halma China offices 
in Beijing and Shanghai. Martin 
holds a Bachelor’s degree in 
Chemical Engineering from 
Chengdu University of Science 
and Technology and he also 
studied for his Executive MBA at 
University of Texas at Arlington 
(Tongji University Shanghai). 

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Corporate Governance

Corporate governance is about behaviour and this section of the report deals with how the Board and its committees discharge 
their duties and how we apply the principles of good governance in the Combined Code on Corporate Governance which is 
appended to the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority and for which the Board is accountable to shareholders. 
Governance is complex, so the Board is committed to the shared endeavour of maintaining high standards of corporate 
governance to ensure the Board sends consistent messages on values and behaviours. The policy of the Board is to manage the 
affairs of the Company in accordance with the principles of corporate governance contained in the Combined Code not by merely 
following regimented rules, but by the promotion of wide discussion on topics to which Board members properly contribute, 
demonstrating mutual engagement amongst the participants. In the spirit of ‘comply or explain’, the Board has again this year 
reaffirmed its decision to retain a Board composition that differs from the Combined Code principles.

I continue to be pleased with the progress Halma has made to ensure best practice is maintained and we continually seek to 
improve our practices for the benefit of our shareholders.

Succession planning

I have always maintained that a key part of my role involves ensuring that the right people are doing the right jobs within the 
Group and that there is a sufficient cadre of individuals being nurtured throughout the Group to enable effective succession 
planning. In fact, additional emphasis is being placed on our succession planning practices over the coming year to demonstrate 
the importance we place on developing talent in house. Reviews of management capabilities and potential are performed  
on a routine basis and I am satisfied that sufficient resource within the Group exists and continues to be developed through 
programmes such as the Halma Executive Development Programme which itself evolves to meet the changing needs of the 
Group. Where a need for improvement to management resources is identified, the necessary attention is provided to ensure full 
strength is attained as soon as practicable.

Board appointments
There has been no change to the composition of the Board since our last report.

Our Board composition is discussed further on page 51 since it is a deviation from the Combined Code in that half of the Board, 
excluding myself, is not made up of independent non-executive Directors. However, given the growth of the Group, the Board now 
feels that the addition of a further non-executive Director would be appropriate and is taking steps to do so.

Board committees
Our committees are a valuable part of the Company’s corporate governance structure. The workload of the committees is far 
more than the table of scheduled meetings would indicate as ad hoc meetings and communications between meetings frequently 
require considerable amounts of time. As with the Board’s composition, I am equally comfortable that the composition of all of 
our committees remains appropriate.

Board performance
The Board evaluates its performance and that of the Remuneration, Audit and Nomination Committees at least annually with 
each Committee also evaluating its own performance. Each year, we consult the Board to determine whether an external 
facilitator would enhance our process. To date, we have concluded that the current, open climate that the Board enjoys ensures  
a full and frank discussion of all matters, so an external facilitator is unnecessary. For 2009/10 the evaluation commenced with  
an updated self-assessment questionnaire, the results of which were compiled by the Company Secretary and discussed by the 
Board at the February 2010 Board and Committee meetings. The Board also met in February 2010, separate from any scheduled 
meeting, for a general discussion on Board effectiveness followed by a meeting of the executive Directors with the Chairman,  
the executive Directors with the Senior Independent Director, a meeting of the Chairman and non-executive Directors, and then  
a meeting of the non-executive Directors without the Chairman present. The outcomes of these meetings were then fed back to 
individuals by the Chairman, Senior Independent Director or Chief Executive, as appropriate. Overall, our process confirms that 
the blend of behaviours and skills around the Halma Board table are well suited to the task and consistent with Group values. 
With a Board that is free to openly express concerns comes more considered outcomes emphasising collective responsibility, 
transparency, clarity and sustainable conduct.

Shareholder communication
I would like to encourage all shareholders to find the time to attend our AGM on 29 July 2010. It is an excellent opportunity  
to meet the Board, the Executive Board and a selection of the CEOs from our operating companies.

Geoff Unwin  
Chairman

22 June 2010

50 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
Compliance with the Code of best practice
Throughout the financial year, the Company complied with the Code provisions set out in Section 1 of the 2008 FRC Combined 
Code except in respect of provision A.3.2 which involves the composition of the Board and the number of members who are 
independent non-executive Directors.

The Board reaffirmed its decision to maintain the current composition of the Board as a Chairman, three independent non-
executive Directors and four executive Directors; this composition subsisted for the full financial year. To date, the Board adjudged 
this composition as the most appropriate structure for the Company providing valuable direct knowledge of operations and 
effective challenge surrounding the issues facing the Group. However, the Board has recently determined that the Group would 
now benefit from the appointment of a further non-executive Director and is taking steps to do so.

Application of the principles of good governance
The Company has applied the principles set out in section 1 of the Code, including both the Main Principles and supporting 
principles, by complying with the Code as reported above.

The Group is controlled and directed by a Board consisting of a Chairman, four executive Directors and three other non-executive 
Directors. Their biographies appear on page 48. The Board considers the Chairman and each of the non-executive Directors to  
be independent. In assessing independence, the Board considers that the Chairman and non-executive Directors are independent 
of management and free from business and other relationships which could interfere with the exercise of independent judgment 
now and in the future. The Board believes that any shareholdings of the Chairman and non-executive Directors serve to align their 
interests with those of all shareholders. Richard Stone is acknowledged as the Senior Independent Director. Upon appointment and 
at regular intervals, all Directors are offered appropriate training. Each Director is subject to re-election at least every three years. 
The Chairman confirms that both Richard Stone and Stephen Pettit, who are standing for re-election, continue to be effective  
and demonstrate commitment to their roles. Richard Stone is standing for re-election as the Board has a policy of requiring 
non-executive Directors who have served on the Board for nine years or more to stand for annual re-election by shareholders. 
Richard Stone has indicated his willingness to continue as a Director whilst succession planning is advanced and the Board 
believes that his continuing appointment provides a good balance of experience amongst the non-executive Directors and has 
accepted that his independence is not compromised by this extension of his term of office.

The Directors retain responsibility for the formulation of corporate strategy, investment decisions, and treasury and risk 
management policies. There is a formal schedule of matters reserved for the Board’s decision and the Board meets at least six 
times each year with further ad hoc meetings as required. Directors are issued an agenda and comprehensive board papers in 
the week preceding each Board meeting. All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary as well 
as there being an agreed procedure for obtaining independent professional advice.

Engagement with management
The Directors have a programmed schedule of meetings and visits with the Executive Board, Group companies and Development 
Programmes to ensure that they are able to engage with management and employees at all levels. Such contact, especially 
between the non-executive Directors and Group employees, is where much value is added and supports the messages from  
the Executive team. 

Committees of the Board

Halma has six committees of the Board: the Remuneration Committee, the Audit Committee, the Nomination Committee,  
the Share Plans Committee, the Bank Guarantees and Facilities Committee and the Acquisitions and Disposals Committee.

Each of these committees has terms of reference approved by the Board, copies of which are available on the website or on 
request from the Company Secretary.

Board meeting attendance
During the year attendance by Directors at Board meetings was as follows:

Geoff Unwin
Andrew Williams
Kevin Thompson
Neil Quinn
Richard Stone
Stephen Pettit
Jane Aikman
Adam Meyers

6 of 6

6 of 6

6 of 6

6 of 6

6 of 6

6 of 6

6 of 6

6 of 6

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

51

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Corporate Governance 
continued

Internal control
The Board has overall responsibility to the shareholders for the Group’s system of internal control, and responsibility for  
reviewing its effectiveness has been delegated to the Audit Committee. Whilst not providing absolute assurance against material 
misstatements or loss, this system is designed to identify and manage those risks that could adversely impact the achievement  
of the Group’s objectives. The principal risks are detailed on pages 40 and 41.

Following publication by the Turnbull Committee of the guidance for directors on internal control (‘Internal Control: Guidance for 
Directors on the Combined Code’), the Board confirms that there is an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing the 
significant risks faced by the Group, that this has been in place for the year under review and up to the date of approval of the Annual 
report and accounts. This process has been reviewed by the Board and the Group accords with the Turnbull guidance.

The Group’s external auditors, Deloitte LLP, have audited the financial statements and have reviewed the internal financial control 
systems to the extent they consider necessary to support their audit report.

The Board meets regularly throughout the year and has adopted a schedule of matters which are required to be brought to it for 
decision. This procedure is intended to ensure that the Directors maintain full and effective control over all significant strategic, 
financial and organisational issues.

Group risk is mitigated by means of an operating structure which spreads the Group’s activities across a number of autonomous 
subsidiary companies. Each of these companies operates with a high-quality board of directors including a finance executive.

Group companies operate under a system of controls which includes but is not limited to:

 –

a defined organisational structure with an appropriate delegation of authority to operational management which ensures 
appropriate segregation of key duties;

 –

the identification and appraisal of risks both formally, through the annual process of preparing business plans and budgets, 
through an annual detailed risk assessment carried out at local level and informally through close monitoring of operations;

 –

a comprehensive financial reporting system, developed in terms of speed and coverage during the last financial year, within 
which actual and forecast results are compared with approved budgets and the previous year’s figures on a monthly basis  
and reviewed at both local and Group level;

 –

an investment evaluation procedure to ensure an appropriate level of approval for all capital expenditure and other capitalised 
costs;

 –

self-certification by operating company management of compliance and control issues; and

 –

a prescribed robust structure under which it is appropriate to adopt means of electronic communication and to conduct 
e-commerce.

The processes which the Board has applied in reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal control are 
summarised below.

 –

 –

 –

Operating companies carry out a detailed, relevant risk assessment each year and identify mitigating actions in place or 
proposed for each significant risk. A risk register is compiled from this information, against which action is monitored through 
to resolution. Group management also compile a summary of significant Group risks, documenting existing or planned actions 
to mitigate, manage or avoid the risk.

Each month the board of each operating company meets, discusses and reports on its operating performance, its 
opportunities, the risks facing it and the resultant actions. The relevant Divisional Chief Executive chairs this meeting. Divisional 
Chief Executives meet regularly with the Chief Executive and Finance Director and report progress to the Executive Board.

‘Warning signs’ are reported to Group and divisional management. These are designed to provide an early warning of potential 
risks and to direct appropriate action where necessary. These metrics have been revised to recognise the additional risks of an 
uncertain economic climate.

 –

The Chief Executive submits a report to each Halma p.l.c. Board meeting which includes financial information,  
the main features of Group operations and an analysis of the significant risks facing the Group at that time.

 –

Cyclical and risk-based internal control visits are carried out by internal audit personnel or senior finance staff resulting in 
actions fed back to each company and followed up by Divisional Finance Directors and Divisional Chief Executives. Visit reports 
are coded in terms of risk and a summary of all such visits reported to the Audit Committee regularly with any significant 
control failings being reported directly to the Audit Committee; senior finance staff also conduct financial reviews at each 
operating company prior to publication of half-year and year-end figures. A programme of IT audits is also carried out and 
reported on.

 –

The Chief Executive and Finance Director report to the Audit Committee on all aspects of internal control for its review.  
The Board receives the papers and minutes of the Audit Committee meetings and uses these as a basis for its annual  
review of internal control. 

52 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
During the year, actions to strengthen the control environment continue to be taken centrally by Group management. The duties 
and responsibilities of subsidiary management are continually refreshed as well as documented in a manual circulated to all 
subsidiary managing directors. The dedicated resources established to identify and investigate potential acquisitions and to 
ensure a rapid and successful integration following acquisition remain in place, and the scope of the Group’s IT policies and the 
programme of compliance audits are regularly reviewed to ensure they are sufficient to address current risks. Over recent 
months we have been refreshing our processes to ensure that appropriate tax accounting arrangements are maintained in 
particular to enable continued compliance with local tax requirements.

As noted above, a programme of internal control visits is conducted. The internal audit function has independently operated since 
2004, reporting on the outcome of these visits to the Audit Committee. In 2008/09, a dedicated Internal Audit manager was added 
to support the function. During each year we implement further improvements to our Internal Audit activities as the result of 
benchmarking activities and continue to target further revisions for the coming year to enhance our processes.

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the main trends and factors likely to affect its future development, performance  
and position, and the financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities, are set out in the 
Business Review. In addition, note 25 to the financial statements includes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for 
managing its capital, its financial risk management objectives, details of its financial instruments and hedging activities, and its 
exposures to currency and liquidity risks. 

The Group has considerable financial resources (including a £165m five-year revolving credit facility) together with contracts with 
a diverse range of customers and suppliers across different geographic areas and industries. No one customer accounts for 
more than 2% of Group turnover. As a consequence, the Directors believe that the Group is well placed to manage its business 
risks successfully despite the current uncertain economic outlook.

After making enquiries and after conducting a formal review of the Group’s financial resources, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. Thus, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Annual Report and Accounts.

Investor relations
In regular meetings with shareholders and analysts the Chief Executive and Finance Director communicate the Group’s strategy 
and results, disclosing such information as is permitted within the guidelines of the Listing Rules. Such meetings ensure that 
institutional shareholders representing over 50% of the Company’s issued share capital meet or hold discussions with the 
Company on a regular basis. Major shareholders are also offered the opportunity to meet the Chairman and/or Senior 
Independent Director.

All shareholders are encouraged to attend the annual general meeting, and major shareholders are also invited to briefings 
following the half-year and annual results. The content of presentations to shareholders and analysts at results announcements 
and all announcements are available on the Group website, www.halma.com.

The Group website also contains electronic versions of the latest Annual Report and Accounts, Half-Year Reports, biographical 
information on key Directors and Officers, share price information, and full subsidiary company contact details as well as hotlinks 
to their own websites. The website also features the facility to request e-mail alerts relating to announcements made by the 
Group and contains information in Chinese, French, German and Spanish as well as English.

The Financial calendar is set out on page 116.

Auditor independence
The Audit Committee has responsibility for reviewing auditor independence and objectivity annually. During 2003/04, the 
Committee set down the ‘Policy on Auditor Independence and Services provided by the External Auditor’. This policy states that 
the Group will only use the appointed external auditor for non-audit services in cases where these services do not conflict with  
the auditor’s independence. The policy also sets a fee level per project of £100,000 above which non-audit services are subject to  
a tendering process. The above fee levels for non-audit services regarding the external auditors are also subject to an annual cap 
equal to the audit fee.

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

53

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Nomination Committee Report

Members
–  Geoff Unwin (Chairman)  
–  Andrew Williams 
–  Richard Stone  
–  Stephen Pettit  
–  Jane Aikman

The Nomination Committee is appointed by the Board from the non-executive Directors of the Group and the Chief Executive.  
The Nomination Committee’s terms of reference include all matters indicated by the Combined Code. The terms of reference  
are considered annually by the Nomination Committee and are then referred to the Board for approval.

Responsibilities
 –

regularly reviewing the structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge and experience) required of the Board 
compared to its current position and making recommendations to the Board with regard to any changes;

 –

giving full consideration to succession planning for directors and other senior executives in the course of its work, taking into 
account the challenges and opportunities facing the Company, and what skills and expertise are therefore needed on the Board 
in the future; and 

 –

being responsible for identifying and nominating, for the approval of the Board, candidates to fill Board vacancies as and when 
they arise. 

The full terms of reference, which remain unchanged from the previous year, can be found on the Company’s website or can  
be obtained from the Company Secretary. 

Governance
The Nomination Committee was in place throughout the financial year. It is chaired by the Chairman of the Company who was 
deemed to be independent upon appointment to the Board. Three of the five members of the Committee are independent 
non-executive Directors in accordance with provision A.3.1 of the Combined Code.

During the year attendance by Committee members at meetings was as follows:

Name
Geoff Unwin (Chairman)
Andrew Williams
Richard Stone
Stephen Pettit
Jane Aikman

Attendance

5 of 5

5 of 5

5 of 5

5 of 5

4 of 5

Activities
The Committee is responsible for nominating appropriate executive and non-executive candidates for appointment to the Board. 
During the past year, the Committee has been occupied with succession planning discussions.

When the necessity to appoint a Director is identified, a candidate profile is developed indicating the ideal skills, knowledge  
and experience required taking into account the Board’s existing composition. External search consultancies are retained 
when recruiting non-executive Directors and are used to evaluate internal and external candidates for succession planning.  
The Committee meets at least annually and more frequently during times that a search is being conducted.

As noted on page 50 the process of appointments to the Board is paramount in ensuring the Company’s performance is 
maintained and continually improved upon. The Committee is committed to identifying the right candidates to take  
Halma forward.

On behalf of the Nomination Committee

Geoff Unwin  
Chairman

22 June 2010

54 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
Audit Committee Report

Members
–  Jane Aikman (Chairman)  
–  Stephen Pettit  
–  Richard Stone

The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board from the non-executive Directors of the Group. The Audit Committee’s terms  
of reference include all matters indicated by Disclosure Transparency Rule 7.1 and the Combined Code. The terms of reference 
are considered annually by the Audit Committee and are then referred to the Board for approval.

Responsibilities
The Audit Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities in respect of:

 –

monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the Group and any formal announcements relating to the Group’s 
financial performance and reviewing significant financial reporting judgments contained therein;

 –

oversight of risk management including the review of the Group’s financial, operational and compliance internal controls as 
well as whistleblowing procedures;

 –

monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal audit function;

 –

making recommendations to the Board, for a resolution to be put to the shareholders for their approval in general meeting,  
on the appointment of the external auditors and the approval of the remuneration and terms of engagement of the external 
auditors;

 –

reviewing and monitoring the external auditors’ independence and objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit process, taking 
into consideration the periodic rotation of audit personnel and relevant UK professional and regulatory requirements; and 

 –

developing and implementing a policy on the engagement of the external auditors to supply non-audit services, taking into 
account relevant guidance regarding the provision of non-audit services by the external audit firm.

The full terms of reference, which were subject to minor revision in the year to reflect the changes in the Internal Audit function, 
can be found on the Company’s website or can be obtained from the Company Secretary. 

Governance
The Audit Committee was in place throughout the financial year with Jane Aikman as the chair. All three members are 
independent non-executive Directors in accordance with provision A.3.1 of the Combined Code.

The Chairman, Chief Executive, Finance Director and representatives from the Auditors attend Committee meetings by invitation 
in order to provide appropriate advice. The Committee routinely meets the Auditors without the involvement of the executive 
Directors; the Committee meets at least three times per year.

During the year attendance by Committee members at meetings was as follows:

Name
Jane Aikman (Chairman)
Richard Stone
Stephen Pettit

Attendance

3 of 3

3 of 3

3 of 3

The Board has designated Jane Aikman as the member of the Audit Committee with recent and relevant financial experience. 
Her background is as a chartered accountant and finance director with listed company experience.

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

55

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Audit Committee Report
continued

Activities
The Committee not only reviews the financial reporting of the Company, but spends a significant amount of its time reviewing  
the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control process. Combined with the Committee’s review of the internal and external  
audit functions, it is able to obtain sufficient information to discharge its responsibilities. More specifically, the Committee:

 –

reviewed the 3 April 2010 report and financial statements, the 3 October 2009 half-yearly report and the Interim Management 
Statements issued in July 2009 and February 2010. As part of these reviews the Committee received a report from the external 
auditors on their audit of the Annual report and financial statements; 

 –

considered the quality of the reports and the output from the Group-wide process used to identify, evaluate and mitigate risks;

 –

reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls and disclosures made in the annual report and financial statements 
on this matter;

 –

reviewed and agreed the scope of the audit work to be undertaken by the auditors;

 –

evaluated the independence and objectivity of the external auditors;

 –

agreed the terms of engagement and fees to be paid to the external auditors for their audit of the 3 April 2010 financial 
statements;

 –

reviewed its own effectiveness;

 –

evaluated the performance of the Internal Audit function;

 –

agreed a programme of work for the Company’s Internal Audit function; and

 –

received reports from the Internal Audit Coordinator on the work undertaken by Internal Audit and management responses  
to proposals made in the audit reports issued by the function during the year.

The Group’s policy on external audit sets out the categories of non-audit services which the external auditors will and will not be 
allowed to provide to the Group, subject to de minimis levels.

The independent auditors, Deloitte LLP, were appointed in 2003. The Committee has considered the risk of the withdrawal of their 
independent auditors from the market and has concluded that the risk is small. During 2010 a review of their independence was 
undertaken, and the Committee concluded that the independence criteria under the relevant standards continued to be met. 
At the year-end the auditors formally confirmed that their independence and objectivity has been maintained. In addition, they are 
required to rotate the audit partner responsible for the Group audit every five years. The audit partner responsible for the Group 
audit will change as part of the rotation process in 2013. In 2010/11 the Audit Committee will determine whether to tender for the 
audit work in 2011. There are no contractual obligations that acted to restrict the Committee’s choice of auditor.

Accordingly, the Committee unanimously recommended to the Board that a resolution for the reappointment of Deloitte LLP  
as the Company’s independent auditors be proposed to shareholders at the AGM in July 2010.

The Group’s whistleblowing policy contains arrangements for the Group Internal Audit Coordinator to receive, in confidence, 
complaints on accounting, risk issues, internal controls, auditing issues and related matters for reporting to the Audit Committee 
as appropriate.

On behalf of the Audit Committee

Jane Aikman  
Chairman

22 June 2010

56 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
Remuneration Report

Members
–  Richard Stone (Chairman)  
–  Geoff Unwin  
–  Stephen Pettit  
–  Jane Aikman

Remuneration Committee Report
The Committee makes recommendations to the Board on the framework for executive Directors’ and senior executives’ 
remuneration based on proposals formulated by the Chief Executive.

Responsibilities
 –

determining and agreeing with the Board the policy and framework for the remuneration of the Chief Executive, the executive 
Directors, the Company Secretary and such other members of the executive management as it is designated to consider;
approving the design of, and determining targets for, any performance-related pay plans operated by the Company and 
agreeing the total annual payments made under such plans;
reviewing the design of all share incentive plans for approval by the Board and shareholders, and determining, each year, 
whether awards will be made, and if so, the overall amount of such awards, the individual awards to executive Directors  
and other senior executives and the performance targets to be set; and
determining the policy for, and scope of, pension arrangements for each executive Director and other senior executives.

 –

 –

 –

The Committee also monitors and considers, with the Chief Executive, the framework of remuneration for subsidiary chief 
executives and directors and ensures a consistent approach is applied.

The full terms of reference, which remain unchanged from the prior year, can be found on the Company’s website or can  
be obtained from the Company Secretary. 

Governance
The Remuneration Committee, which meets at least twice per year, was in place throughout the financial year. All members  
are independent in accordance with provision A.3.1 of the Combined Code.

None of the Committee has any personal financial interest (other than as shareholders), conflicts of interests arising from 
cross-directorships or day-to-day involvement in running the business. The Committee makes recommendations to the Board. 
No Director plays a part in any discussion about his or her own remuneration.

In determining the Directors’ remuneration for the year, the Committee consults Andrew Williams (Chief Executive) on his 
proposals and relates the proposals to remuneration packages at comparable listed companies. The Committee consults Watson 
Wyatt Limited regarding the structuring of executive remuneration packages and reviews other external published material. 
Independent pension advice is provided to the Company by Lane, Clark & Peacock LLP.

During the year attendance by Committee members at meetings was as follows:

Name
Richard Stone (Chairman)
Geoff Unwin
Stephen Pettit
Jane Aikman

Attendance

4 of 4

4 of 4

4 of 4

4 of 4

Activities
During 2009/10, the Committee continued to review the Company’s remuneration strategy such that executives remain 
appropriately incentivised to meet the Group’s objectives in the prevailing economic conditions. That strategy relies upon three  
key components which produce an appropriate balance between fixed and variable pay over the short and long term:

 –
 –

 –

setting salaries close to median levels;
a performance related bonus scheme, as described below, tying bonuses to a weighted average increase in economic value 
added; and
a long-term equity-based incentive with entry and exit performance hurdles.

Accordingly the Committee agreed that:

 –

 –
 –
 –

executive base salaries for 2009/10 should be held at 2008/09 levels for the full year after an interim review of the Group’s 
performance for the first six months of 2009/10;
executive base salaries for 2010/11 should be increased by an average of 3.5%;
the annual targets on the granting of performance shares were set appropriately; and 
the award of bonuses in respect of 2009/10 should only be based on objective measures and be related to the Company’s 
performance.

The Committee has reviewed the Remuneration Report for 2009/10 and the Company’s remuneration strategy, policy and details 
of executive remuneration follow.

On behalf on the Remuneration Committee

Richard Stone  
Chairman

22 June 2010

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

57

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Remuneration Report 
continued

Report on Remuneration Strategy and Policy  
Introduction
This report has been prepared in accordance with Schedule 8 to the Accounting Regulations under the Companies Act 2006.  
The report also meets the relevant requirements of the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority and describes how the 
Board has applied the principles relating to directors’ remuneration in the Combined Code. As required by the Act, a resolution  
to approve the report will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting of the Company at which the financial statements will be 
approved.

The Act requires the auditors to report to the Company’s members on certain parts of the Directors’ Remuneration Report  
and to state whether in their opinion those parts of the report have been properly prepared in accordance with the Accounting 
Regulations. The report has therefore been divided into separate sections for audited and unaudited information.

Unaudited information  
Remuneration policy
Executive remuneration packages are designed to attract, retain and motivate executives of the high calibre needed to manage 
the Group successfully and align their interests with those of the shareholders by rewarding them for enhancing value to 
shareholders. The performance measurement of the executive Directors and key members of senior management and the 
determination of their annual remuneration package are undertaken by the Committee.

There are four main elements of the remuneration package for executive Directors and senior management:

Element
Salary

Annual bonus

Equity incentive

Pension

Purpose
To provide competitive fixed remuneration that 
will attract and retain key employees and reflect 
their experience and position in the Group.

Incentivises the achievement of an objective 
annual target which supports the short- to 
medium-term strategy of the Group.

Performance share plan incentivises executives 
to achieve superior returns to shareholders  
over a three-year period.
Retain key individuals and align interests  
with shareholders.
To provide competitive post-retirement benefits.

Operation
Reviewed every 12 months.
Benchmarked against appropriate median  
market comparators.
Linked to individual performance and contribution.
Maximum bonus potential is set at a market 
competitive level (100% of salary).
Bonus is based on Economic Value Added. 
Paid in cash.
Share awards are made annually to senior executives 
and are based on a combination of TSR (50%) and 
ROTIC (50%) targets over a three-year period.
Maximum awards range from 100% to 140%  
of salary.
Executives may participate in either a Group defined 
benefit pension plan, Group defined contribution 
pension plan or the US 401k money purchase 
arrangement.
Cash supplements in lieu of Company pension 
contributions are made to some individuals.

The Company’s policy is that a substantial proportion of the remuneration of the executive Directors should be performance-
related. As described below, executive Directors may earn annual bonus payments of up to 100% of their basic salary together 
with the benefits of participation in share plans which are subject to a maximum value, in the year of grant, of 140%  
of basic salary.

Each executive Director currently holds shares in the Company in excess of the guideline of one year’s salary.

Split of package (expected)  

Split of package (actual)

  Salary (base) 
  Pension (employer contributions)� 
  Annual incentive (expected)� 
  Equity incentive (expected value at grant)� 

�  

39% 
8%
23%
30%

Salary (base) 

  Pension (employer contributions)� 
  Annual incentive (2009/10)� 
  Equity incentive (vested)� 

�  

38% 
8%
12%
42%

58 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
Basic salary
An executive Director’s basic salary is reviewed by the Committee against the market, Company performance and future strategy 
prior to the beginning of each year and when an individual changes position or responsibility. The Chief Executive is responsible 
for assessing the performance of each senior executive taking account of the complexity of the operations under their control, 
their opportunities for advancement with the Group, their remuneration relative to other executives in the Group and their bonus 
earning potential. He then formulates a remuneration proposal for the Committee’s consideration. In deciding appropriate 
remuneration levels, the Committee also considers the Group as a whole and relies on objective external research which gives 
information on a comparator group of companies. Basic salaries are reviewed in January/February of each year with increases,  
if appropriate, taking effect from 1 April. Executive Directors’ contracts of service which include details of remuneration will be 
available for inspection at the Annual General Meeting.

Annual bonus payments
During the year the Committee carefully assessed existing incentive arrangements and determined that incentive levels are 
appropriately set. The Committee establishes the economic value added (EVA) objectives that must be met for each financial  
year if a cash bonus is to be paid. In setting appropriate bonus parameters the Committee has determined that bonuses of 
approximately 60% of salary are payable on the achievement of targeted levels of growth. The maximum performance-related 
bonus that can be paid is 100% of basic annual salary. Executive Director bonus payments for 2010 were £322,000 versus £nil in 
the prior year reflecting progress achieved in prevailing economic conditions. 

This performance-related bonus plan, which applies to executive Directors and Divisional Chief Executives, is reviewed annually 
by the Committee and approved by the Board. 

In the case of a Divisional Chief Executive a bonus is earned if the profit of the Division for which he is responsible exceeds a target 
calculated from the profits of the three preceding financial years. The profits calculated for this purpose regard each Division as  
a stand-alone group of companies charging it with the cost of capital it utilises including the cost of acquisitions.

For the Chief Executive and Finance Director, bonuses are calculated as above but based on Group profit exceeding a target 
calculated from the profits for the three preceding financial years after charging cost of capital, including the cost of acquisitions.

For 2009/10, a supplemental cash bonus of up to 15% of salary could be earned, subject to the 100% of salary cap for total bonus 
paid, dependent upon attainment of a Return on Capital Employed of 45% and Return on Sales improvement. 

Transitional provisions exist for divisional restructuring to ensure Divisional Chief Executives remain appropriately incentivised.

Subsidiary directors participate in bonus arrangements similar to those established for senior executives.

Performance share plan
The Directors have long believed that share plans are an excellent way to align the interests of senior management with those  
of shareholders and that share plans provide excellent motivation. The Committee, recognising the need to assess and evaluate 
such incentives, adopted a performance share plan following shareholder approval at the 2005 annual general meeting; this Plan 
replaced the existing share option plans in respect of future share awards. The Committee has responsibility for supervising the 
Plan and the grants under its terms. The Committee believes that any incentive compensation awarded should be tied to the 
interests of the Company’s shareholders and that the principal measure of those interests is total shareholder return.

How the PSP works
Performance criteria determine the amount to be granted and, after three years, the amount to vest as illustrated below:

Stages

Process

Award

Performance criteria 
determine the number of 
shares to be granted out 
of a Maximum Award 
level. Primary emphasis 
is placed upon the 
attainment of personal 
strategic objectives 
coupled with financial 
and operational success.

The assessment of the 
individual’s achievement of 
their objectives establishes 
the proportion of the 
Maximum Award that 
an individual is granted 
(the Actual Award in the 
table below)

Timeline

Criteria set one year 
prior to grant

PSP value

Maximum Award

Assessment occurs 
immediately prior 
to grant
x % attainment of 
individual objectives

Vesting

50% of the amount 
granted is subject to 
TSR growth relative to 
the FTSE 250, excluding 
financial companies, 
over the three-year 
vesting period. 
50% of the amount 
granted is subject to 
ROTIC performance over 
each of the three years
Vesting conditions 
apply throughout the 
three-year vesting period
x % attainment of Group 
performance conditions

Awards vest on a sliding 
scale, as set out below. 

Three years from grant or 
pro rata for good leavers

= Final shares vested

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

59

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Remuneration Report 
continued

Vested awards are satisfied in shares with sufficient shares being sold to meet tax and social costs owing, as directed, and the net 
balance of shares transferred to the individual.

Awards lapse if they do not vest on the third anniversary of their award.

Current vesting expectations for awards made in 2007, 2008 and 2009 range from 66% to 95%. 

Performance against objectives
Chief Executive 
Finance Director
Executive Directors
Divisional Chief Executives
Managing Directors and Divisional Finance Directors

* Expressed as a percentage of 2009/10 base salary.

Maximum award 
permitted*

Actual award 
2009/10*

140%

140%

140%

100%

40%

At individual 
% 
assessment 
level 

110%

119%

110%

81%

28%

At 66% 
vesting 
expectation 

Estimate of  
vesting in 
2012/13*

73%

78%

73%

53%

18%

Awards vest after three years on a sliding scale, as set out below, subject to the Company’s relative TSR performance against the 
FTSE 250, excluding financial companies, combined with a measure based upon an absolute Return on Total Invested Capital 
(ROTIC). 

PSP vesting table
%

Percentage of award which vests
ROTIC (post-tax)

TSR (percentile)

<50%

0.0

16.7

33.3

50.0 

50%

16.7

33.3

50.0

66.7

75%

50.0

66.7

83.3

100%

50.0

66.7

83.3

100.0

100.0

9.5% 
11.0% 
12.5% 
14.0% 

ROTIC
%

13.6%

15

12

9

6

3

Total Shareholder Return (three years)

Total Shareholder Return (five years)

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

150

100

50

200

150

100

50

2007

2008

  Halma 
  FTSE 250� 
  FTSE 350 Electronic & Electrical Equipment� 

2009

�  

2010

2005

2006

2007

  Halma 
  FTSE 250� 
  FTSE 350 Electronic & Electrical Equipment� 

2008

�  

2009

2010

The five-year graph above shows the Company’s total shareholder return performance over the five years to 3 April 2010 as 
compared to the FTSE 250 and the FTSE 350 Electronic & Electrical Equipment sector indices, the latter of which the Company 
has been a constituent since it was reclassified in June 2006. Over the period indicated, the Company’s total shareholder return 
was 194% compared to 165% for the FTSE 250 and 156% for the FTSE 350 Electronic & Electrical Equipment sector. 

At the commencement of the five-year period depicted in the graph, the Halma p.l.c. ordinary share price was 161p and the total 
of dividends paid in the year ended 2 April 2005 was 6.33p per share. The Halma p.l.c. ordinary share price at 3 April 2010 was 
259p and the total of dividends paid in the year then ended was 8.09p per share. The Plan contains provisions permitting share 
option grants, restricted share awards and performance share awards. To date, the Committee has used the Plan only to award 
both approved and unapproved performance shares.

60 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
Share option plans
The 1990, 1996 and 1999 share option plans all provided for the grant of two categories of option both of which are subject to 
performance criteria. The exercise criteria for these three plans are noted in note 22 to the accounts. No further grants may be 
made from these plans which have been replaced by the performance share plan approved by shareholders at the 2005 annual 
general meeting. The granting of options was spread over the life of the Plan.

Dilution
The total dilution effect under these various discretionary share plans is less than 5%.

The Company does not operate any long-term incentive plans other than the share plans described above. No significant 
amendments are proposed to be made to the terms and conditions of any entitlement of a Director to share options or 
performance share awards.

Pension arrangements
Except as noted below, the executive Directors participate in the appropriate section of the Halma Group Pension Plan. This 
section is a funded final salary occupational pension plan registered with HM Revenue & Customs, which provides a maximum 
pension of two-thirds of final pensionable salary after 25 or more years’ service at normal pension age (60). Up to 5 April 2006, 
final pensionable salary was the greatest salary of the last three complete tax years immediately before retirement or leaving 
service. From 6 April 2006, final pensionable salary is capped at 7.5% of the Lifetime Allowance equating to £131,250 for the year 
ended 3 April 2010.

Bonuses and other fluctuating emoluments and benefits-in-kind are not pensionable nor subject to any pension accrued 
supplement. The Plan also provides for life cover of three times salary, pensions in the event of early retirement through ill 
health and dependants’ pensions of one-half of the member’s prospective pension. Early retirement pensions, currently possible 
from age 55 with the consent of the Company and the Trustees of the Plan, are subject to actuarial reduction. Pensions in 
payment increase by 3% per annum for service up to 5 April 1997, by price inflation (subject to a maximum of 5%) through to 
31 March 2007 and 3% thereafter.

Whilst pension benefits are accruing, executive Directors receive pension supplements to compensate them for the fact that their 
pension accrual entitlement under the Halma Group Pension Plan defined benefit arrangements is limited by a pensionable 
salary cap introduced from 6 April 2006. The Company introduced a pensionable salary cap in order to address changes affecting 
the Plan made in the Pension Act 2006. Without the introduction of such a cap, there would, effectively, have been no benefit 
limits. This could have resulted in benefits in excess of prescribed levels with some individuals suffering penal rates of tax and 
potentially causing a limitation on the tax deductibility of employer contributions. The Company obtained external advice regarding 
the changes to the Plan and executive pension arrangements and required each affected executive to obtain independent advice 
prior to implementing the changes. These changes reduce the Plan’s future liabilities and their associated funding risk.

Prior to receiving pension payments, to the extent that an executive’s current salary exceeds the Plan salary cap, the Company 
compensates him at an annual rate of 26% of the excess. In April 2006, Kevin Thompson chose to cease entirely future service 
accrual in the Halma Group Pension Plan in return for the pension supplement on his full salary.

Benefits-in-kind
The executive Directors receive certain benefits-in-kind, principally use of a car and private medical insurance.

Directors’ contracts
It is the Company’s policy that executive Directors should have contracts with an indefinite term providing for a maximum of one 
year’s notice. The details of the Directors’ contracts are summarised in the table below:

Andrew Williams 
Kevin Thompson 
Neil Quinn 
Adam Meyers 

Date of contract

Notice period

April 2003

April 2003

April 2003

July 2008

one year

one year

one year

one year

In the event of early termination, no predetermined compensation is provided for in the Directors’ contracts.

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

61

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Remuneration Report 
continued

Non-executive Directors
Unless otherwise indicated, all non-executive Directors have a specific three-year term of engagement which may be renewed for 
further three-year terms if both the Director and the Board agree. Richard Stone, who is proposed for re-election in accordance 
with the Company’s Articles, had his terms of engagement extended for a further third three-year term in 2006 in contemplation 
of attaining six years of service in January 2007. Richard has expressed his willingness to continue as a Director past his ninth 
anniversary on the Board whilst overall non-executive Director succession planning is considered and finalised.

The remuneration of the Chairman and the non-executive Directors is determined by the Board based on independent surveys  
of fees paid to the Chairman and the non-executive Directors of similar companies. The Chairman receives a basic fee and the 
non-executive Directors receive a basic fee supplemented by additional fees for membership and/or chairmanship of the Audit 
and Remuneration Committees.

The contract in respect of Geoff Unwin’s services provides for termination, by either party, by giving not less than six months’ 
notice. Richard Stone, Stephen Pettit and Jane Aikman have contracts in respect of their non-executive Director services which 
can be terminated, by either party, by giving not less than three months’ notice. 

The Chairman’s and the non-executive Directors’ fees have remained static for the past four years. They were reviewed by the 
Board in October 2009 and April 2010, with increases to take effect from April 2010.

2010  
£000

1,719

1,122

966

156

3,963

2010  
Total  
£000

140

569

387

276

43

36

40

384

–

–

71

67

18

–

 –

–

–

–

156

1,875

2009  
£000

1,459

583

129

166

2,337

2009  
Total  
£000

147

493

338

242

43

39

37

212*

74*

1,625

AUDITED INFORMATION

Aggregate Directors’ remuneration
The total amounts for Directors’ remuneration were as follows:

Emoluments 
Gains on vesting of performance shares
Gains on exercise of share options 
Pension supplements (including 401k company contributions)

Directors’ remuneration

Salaries  
and fees  
£000

Bonus  
£000

Benefits  
£000

Pension 
supplement  
£000

Geoff Unwin 
Andrew Williams 
Kevin Thompson 
Neil Quinn 
Richard Stone 
Stephen Pettit 
Jane Aikman 
Adam Meyers**
Keith Roy

140

400

258

207

43

36

40

219

–

1,343

–

77

49

36

–

–

–

160

–

322

–

21

13

15

–

–

–

5

–

54

* From/to date of appointment/retirement.
** Remunerated in US Dollars and translated at the prevailing average rate for the year.

Salaries and fees of the Board and Executive team for 2009/10 were held at the 2008/09 levels.

The fees paid in relation to Geoff Unwin were paid to Gunwin Limited up to September 2008.

62 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
Directors’ interests
The Directors who held office at 3 April 2010 had the following interests in the ordinary shares of the Company:

Geoff Unwin 
Andrew Williams 
Kevin Thompson 
Neil Quinn 
Richard Stone 
Stephen Pettit 
Jane Aikman 
Adam Meyers

Shares  
03.04.10

68,250

328,028

241,775

178,869

20,000

2,000

2,000

125,131

Shares  
28.03.09

68,250

172,893

160,282

92,384

20,000

2,000

2,000

68,601

There are no non-beneficial interests of Directors. There were no changes in Directors’ interests from 3 April 2010 to 22 June 2010.

Performance share plan
The movements in performance share awards during the financial year were as follows:

Granted/  
(vested)  
in the year 

Five-day average 
share price  
on grant 

Andrew Williams

Kevin Thompson

Neil Quinn

Adam Meyers

Date of  
grant

July 2006 

July 2007 

Aug 2008

Aug 2009

July 2006 

July 2007 

Aug 2008

Aug 2009

July 2006 

July 2007 

Aug 2008

Aug 2009

July 2006 

July 2007 

Aug 2008

Aug 2009

As at  
28.03.09 

246,231 

218,144 

274,297

165,327 

141,632 

173,154

(224,685)

226,610

(150,860)

157,473

132,446 

(120,856)

109,695

143,964

81,805

62,025

110,507

125,620

(74,647)

80,909

As at  
03.04.10

–

218,144

274,297

226,610

–

141,632

173,154

157,473

–

109,695

143,964

125,620

–

62,025

110,507

80,909

199.00p 

204.67p 

201.30p

194.36p

199.00p 

204.67p 

201.30p

194.36p

199.00p 

204.67p 

201.30p

194.36p

199.00p 

204.67p 

201.30p

194.36p

Performance conditions for the awards made in the financial year are set out above. The 2006 grants vested in August 2009 at a 
value of 196.46p per share with 91.25% of the original number of shares granted being transferred to participants net of any tax 
and social charges; the balance of the 2006 award lapsed. The current vesting expectation for grants made in 2007 is 95%; for 
grants made in 2008, 83% and for grants made in 2009, 66%.

Directors’ share options
The movements in share options during the financial year were as follows:

Andrew Williams 
Kevin Thompson 
Neil Quinn 
Adam Meyers

As at 28.03.09 

Exercised

Share price  
on exercise

As at  
03.04.10

2010 Gains on 
exercise (£)

2009 Gains on 
exercise (£)

394,846

674,702

455,272

491,781

(275,509)

(457,716)

(177,516)

(23,300)

243.44p

241.99p

234.40p

194.72p

119,337

216,986

277,756

468,481

278,367

499,128

171,293

17,410

439

26,614

78,209

–

There were no share plan grants during the financial year.

The gains are calculated by deducting the exercise price from the closing middle market price at the date of exercise or the actual 
gross sales proceeds if appropriate.

The closing middle market price of the Company’s ordinary shares on Thursday, 1 April 2010, the last trading day preceding the 
financial year end, was 259.0p per share and the range during the year was 155.5p to 263.8p.

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

63

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Remuneration Report 
continued

Details of Directors’ options outstanding at 3 April 2010 are set out in the table below. The status of the options can be 
summarised as follows:

1. Exercisable at that date at a price less than 259.0p.

2.  Not yet exercisable, will only be exercisable when the performance criteria, set out in note 22 to the accounts, have been met 

and have an exercise price per share of less than 259.0p.

Andrew Williams 
Kevin Thompson 
Neil Quinn

Adam Meyers

Status of options 
(see above)

Year of  
grant

Number of  
shares

Weighted average 
exercise price (p) 
per share

2

2

1

2

2000-2004

2000-2004

2001

2000-2004

1 2000; 2003-05

2

2000-2004

119,337

216,986

63,800

213,956

307,783

160,698

138.62

138.34

163.50

137.70

131.68

138.64

All options lapse if not exercised within ten years from the date of grant.

The Company’s Register of Directors’ Interests, which is open to inspection at the Registered Office, contains full details of 
Directors’ shareholdings and share options.

There have been no variations to the terms and conditions or performance criteria for share options during the financial year.

Directors’ pension entitlements
Three Directors are members of the Company’s defined benefit pension plan. The following Directors had accrued entitlements 
under the plans as follows:

Andrew Williams 
Kevin Thompson
Neil Quinn 

* As at the date the pension commenced payment.

Age at  
03.04.10 

42

50

60

Years of 
pensionable 
service at  
03.04.10

15

18

22*

Accrued  
pension  
2009  
£000

37

95

102

 Increase  
in the year  
£000 

3 

5   

9*

The accrued pension shown is that which would be paid annually on retirement based on service to the end of the year.

Andrew Williams 
Kevin Thompson 
Neil Quinn

* As at the date the pension commenced payment.

Transfer  
value  
28.3.09  
£000

404

1,410

2,148

Directors’  
contributions  
£000

 Increase in  
 value net of  
contributions  
£000 

12

–

10

40

124

291*

Accrued  
pension  
2010  
£000

40 

100 

 111*

Transfer  
value  
03.04.10  
£000

456 

1,534 

2,449*

The transfer values disclosed above do not represent a sum paid or payable to the individual Director. Instead they represent  
a potential liability of the pension plan.

These values have been calculated on the basis of actuarial advice in accordance with Actuarial Guidance Note GN11.

Adam Meyers is a member of the US 401k money purchase scheme. Company contributions paid in the year since his 
appointment to the Board were $12,654 (£7,909) (2009: $11,812 (£6,867)).

The report was approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Richard Stone  
Remuneration Committee (Chairman)

22 June 2010

64 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
Other Statutory Information

Activities
Halma p.l.c. is a holding company. A list of its principal subsidiary companies and their activities is set out on pages 114 and 115.

Ordinary dividends
The Directors recommend a final dividend of 5.19p per share and, if approved, this dividend will be paid on 25 August 2010 to 
ordinary shareholders on the register at the close of business on 23 July 2010. Together with the interim dividend of 3.31p per 
share already paid, this will make a total of 8.50p (2009: 7.93p) per share for the financial year.

Share capital and capital structure
Details of share capital issued in the financial year are set out in note 21 to the accounts. 

Details of the share capital, together with details of the movements in the share capital during the year, are shown in note 21 to 
the accounts. The Company has one class of ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income. Each share carries the right  
to one vote at general meetings of the Company. 

There are no other classes of share capital. There are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding nor on the transfer of 
shares, with both governed by the general provisions of the Articles of Association and prevailing legislation. No person has 
any special rights of control over the Company’s share capital and all issued shares are fully paid.

Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to attend and speak at general meetings of the Company and to appoint one or more 
proxies or, if the holder of shares is a corporation, one or more corporate representatives. On a show of hands, each holder of 
ordinary shares who (being an individual) is present in person or (being a corporation) is present by a duly appointed corporate 
representative, not being himself a member, shall have one vote, as shall proxies (unless they are appointed by more than one 
holder, in which case they may vote both for and against the resolution in accordance with the holders’ instructions). On a poll 
every holder of ordinary shares present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which he is the holder. 
Electronic and paper proxy appointments and voting instructions must be received not later than 48 hours before the meeting. 
A holder of ordinary shares can lose the entitlement to vote at general meetings where that holder has been served with a 
disclosure notice and has failed to provide the Company with information concerning interests held in those shares. Except as set 
out above and as permitted under applicable statutes, there are no limitations on voting rights of holders of a given percentage, 
number of votes or deadlines for exercising voting rights.

The Directors may refuse to register a transfer of a certificated share that is not fully paid, provided that the refusal does not 
prevent dealings in shares in the Company from taking place on an open and proper basis or where the Company has a lien over 
that share. The Directors may also refuse to register a transfer of a certificated share unless the instrument of transfer is: (i) 
lodged, duly stamped (if necessary), at the registered office of the Company or any other place as the Board may decide 
accompanied by the certificate for the share(s) to be transferred and/or such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably 
require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer; (ii) in respect of only one class of shares; (iii) in favour of a person 
who is not a minor, infant, bankrupt or a person of unsound mind; or (iv) in favour of not more than four persons jointly.

Transfers of uncertificated shares must be carried out using CREST and the Directors can refuse to register a transfer of an 
uncertificated share in accordance with the regulations governing the operation of CREST.

There are no other restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares in the Company except certain restrictions which may from time 
to time be imposed by laws and regulations (for example insider trading laws); or where a shareholder with at least a 0.25% 
interest in the Company’s certificated shares has been served with a disclosure notice and has failed to provide the Company with 
information concerning interests in those shares. The Directors are not aware of any agreements between holders of the 
Company’s shares that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights.

Shares held in treasury do not have voting rights and are not eligible for dividends. Details of employee share plans are set out in 
note 22 to the accounts. 

With regard to the appointment and replacement of directors, the Company is governed by its Articles of Association, the 
Combined Code, the Companies Acts and related legislation. Directors can be appointed by the Company by ordinary resolution  
at a general meeting or by the Board. If a director is appointed by the Board, such director will hold office until the next annual 
general meeting and shall then be eligible for re-election at that meeting. The Company can remove a director from office, 
including by passing a special resolution or by notice being given by all the other directors. The Articles themselves may be 
amended by special resolution of the shareholders. The powers of Directors are described in the Matters Reserved for the Board, 
copies of which are available on request, and the Corporate Governance Statement on page 50.

There are a number of agreements that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the Company, principally bank 
loan agreements and employee share plans. 

The only significant agreement, in terms of its likely impact on the business of the Group as a whole, containing such provisions is 
that governing the £165m revolving credit facility which on change of control, if the majority lenders require, can result in 30 days’ 
notice being given to the Company for all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable, at which time the facility 
would be cancelled.

The Company’s share plans contain provisions as a result of which options and awards may vest and become exercisable on a 
change of control of the Company in accordance with the rules of the plans. 

The Directors are not aware of any agreements between the Company and its directors or employees that provide for 
compensation for loss of office or employment that occurs because of a takeover bid.

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

65

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Other Statutory Information 
continued

Allotment authority
Under the Companies Act 2006 the Directors may only allot shares if authorised by shareholders to do so. At the Annual General 
Meeting an ordinary resolution will be proposed which, if passed, will authorise the Directors to allot and issue new shares up to 
an aggregate nominal value of £12,500,000 (up to 125,000,000 new ordinary shares of 10p each), being just less than one-third of 
the issued share capital of the Company (excluding treasury shares) as at 21 June 2010 (the latest practicable date prior to the 
publication of the Notice of Meeting). 

In accordance with the Directors’ stated intention to seek annual renewal, the authorities will expire at the conclusion of the 
Annual General Meeting of the Company in 2011. Passing this resolution will give the Directors flexibility to act in the best 
interests of shareholders, when opportunities arise, by issuing new shares.

As at 21 June 2010 (the latest practicable date prior to the publication of the Notice of Meeting), the Company had 377,721,994 
ordinary shares of 10p each in issue and held 1,523,217 treasury shares, which is equal to approximately 0.4% of the issued share 
capital of the Company (excluding treasury shares) as at that date.

The Companies Act 2006 also requires that, if the Company issues new shares for cash or sells any treasury shares, it must first 
offer them to existing shareholders in proportion to their current holdings. At the Annual General Meeting a special resolution will 
be proposed which, if passed, will authorise the Directors to issue a limited number of shares for cash and/or sell treasury shares 
without offering them to shareholders first. The authority is for an aggregate nominal amount of up to 5% of the aggregate 
nominal value of the issued share capital of the Company as at 21 June 2010 (the latest practicable date prior to the publication  
of the Notice of Meeting). The resolution will also modify statutory pre-emption rights to deal with legal, regulatory or practical 
problems that may arise on a rights issue or other pre-emptive offer or issue. The authority will expire at the same time as the 
resolution conferring authority on the Directors to allot shares. The Directors consider this authority necessary in order to give 
them flexibility to deal with opportunities as they arise, subject to the restrictions contained in the resolution. There are no present 
plans to issue shares, except under share plans previously approved in general meeting.

Directors
The names of the Directors of the Company who served throughout the year, including brief biographies, are set out on page 48. 
Stephen Pettit retires by rotation at the Annual General Meeting and, being eligible, offers himself for re-election. With regard to 
his re-election, the Board confirms that, following formal performance evaluations, Stephen Pettit’s performance continues to be 
effective and he continues to demonstrate commitment to his role.

Richard Stone, Senior Independent Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, was first elected a non-executive 
Director in 2001 and has now served on the Board for nine years. He is standing for re-election at the Annual General Meeting as 
the Board has a policy of requiring non-executive Directors who have served for nine years or more to stand for annual re-election 
by shareholders. 

Directors’ indemnities
The Company has entered into deeds of indemnity with each of the current Directors which remain in force at the date of this 
report. These are qualifying third-party indemnity provisions for the purposes of the Companies Act 2006. 

Purchase of the Company’s own shares
The Company was authorised at the 2009 Annual General Meeting to purchase up to 37,000,000 of its own 10p ordinary shares 
in the market. This authority expires at the end of the 2010 Annual General Meeting. In accordance with the Directors’ stated 
intention to seek annual renewal, a special resolution will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting to renew this authority, 
until the end of next year’s Annual General Meeting, in respect of up to 37,600,000 ordinary shares, which is approximately 10% 
of the Company’s issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) as at 21 June 2010 (the latest practicable date prior to the 
publication of the Notice of Meeting). The Directors consider it desirable that the possibility of making such purchases, under 
appropriate circumstances, is available. Their present intention is that the shares purchased under the authority will be held in 
treasury for future cancellation, sale for cash or transfer for the purposes of, or pursuant to, an employee share plan, although in 
the light of circumstances at the time it may be decided to cancel them immediately on repurchase. The effect of any cancellation 
would be to reduce the number of shares in issue. For most purposes, while held in treasury shares are treated as if they have 
been cancelled (for example, they carry no voting rights and do not rank for dividends).

Following approval of the Performance Share Plan (PSP) at the 2005 Annual General Meeting, the Directors made, and intend  
to continue to make, routine purchases of Halma shares in the market for holding in treasury until required for vesting under  
the PSP. In the year to 3 April 2010, 1,098,908 shares were purchased in the market for treasury. Otherwise, the Directors have  
no present intention of using this authority. In reaching a decision to purchase shares, the Directors will take into account the 
Company’s cash resources, capital requirements and the effect of any purchase on the Company’s earnings per share. It is 
anticipated that renewal of the authority will be requested at subsequent annual general meetings.

As at 21 June 2010, which is the latest practicable date prior to the publication of the Notice of Meeting, options were outstanding 
to subscribe for a total number of 4,133,788 ordinary shares, or 1.1% of the Company’s issued share capital. If the proposed 
authority were to be used in full and all of the repurchased shares were cancelled (but the Company’s issued share capital 
otherwise remained unaltered), the total number of options to subscribe for ordinary shares at that date would represent 
approximately 1.2% of the Company’s issued share capital (excluding treasury shares).

66 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
Supplier payment policy
The Company does not follow any particular supplier payment code of practice. The Company has due regard to the payment 
terms of suppliers and generally settles all undisputed accounts within 30 days of the due date for payment. At 3 April 2010  
the Company’s trade creditors amounting to £1.1m (2009: £0.8m) represented 39 days (2009: 18 days) of its annual purchases.

Donations
Group companies made charitable donations amounting to £4,383 (2009: £15,334) during the financial year. There were no 
political donations (2009: £nil).

Substantial shareholdings
On 15 June 2010, the Company had been notified, in accordance with chapter 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules,  
of the following voting rights as a shareholder of the Company.

Sprucegrove Investment Management Ltd 
Capital Research and Management Co 
Massachusetts Financial Services Company
Barclays Bank PLC 
Sanderson Asset Management Ltd 
Legal & General Group Plc

No. of  
ordinary shares 

Percentage of voting rights  
and issued share capital

22,317,670

19,089,943 

18,950,413
15,724,354

14,891,762

14,874,651

 5.93

5.07

5.04
 4.18

3.96

 3.95

Annual General Meeting
The Company’s Annual General Meeting will be held on 29 July 2010. The Notice of Meeting, together with an explanation of the 
proposed resolutions, is enclosed with this Annual Report and is also available on the Company’s website at www.halma.com.

Special business
The Board will propose two special resolutions under Special Business at the Annual General Meeting:

1.  A resolution will be proposed to adopt new Articles of Association:

  a)  to delete all the provisions of the Company’s Memorandum of Association which, by virtue of Section 28 of the Companies Act 

2006, are to be treated as provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association; and 

  b)  to take account of changes resulting from the full implementation on 1 October 2009 of the Companies Act 2006.

2.  Following the implementation of the EU Shareholder Rights Directive (the ‘Directive’) in August 2009, a resolution will be 
proposed to permit the Company in accordance with the Directive to retain the ability to call general meetings (other than 
annual general meetings) at 14 days’ notice rather than at 21 days’ notice. 

Auditors
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of this Annual Report confirms that: 

–  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and 

–  the Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as a director in order to make himself/herself aware of any 

relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are aware of that information. 

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of s418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Deloitte LLP have expressed their willingness to continue in office as auditors and a resolution to reappoint them will be proposed 
at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

By order of the Board

Carol Chesney  
Company Secretary

22 June 2010

Halma p.l.c.
Annual Report & Accounts 2010

67

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

Directors’ Responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors are 
required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) 
as adopted by the European Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have elected to prepare the parent company financial 
statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards 
and applicable law). Under company law the Directors must not approve the accounts unless they are satisfied that they give  
a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for that period.

In preparing the parent company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

 –

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

 –

make judgments and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

 –

state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements; and

 –

prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 
continue in business.

In preparing the Group financial statements, International Accounting Standard 1 requires that Directors:

 –

properly select and apply accounting policies;

 –

present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information; 

 –

provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users to 
understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial 
performance; and

 –

make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements  
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ responsibility statement 
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

 –

 –

the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view of 
the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole; and

the management report, which is incorporated into the Directors’ Report, includes a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the position of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as  
a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

By order of the Board

Andrew Williams 
Chief Executive  

22 June 2010  

Kevin Thompson  
Finance Director

22 June 2010

68 Halma p.l.c.

Annual Report & Accounts 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditors’ Report to  
the Members of Halma p.l.c. 

We have audited the Group financial statements of Halma p.l.c. for the 53 week period ended 3 April 2010 which comprise  
the Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Expenditure, the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet, the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement and the related  
notes 1 to 28. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. 

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Respective responsibilities of Directors and Auditors 
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
Group financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit the Group 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those 
standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s (APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors. 

Scope of the audit of the financial statements 
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable 
assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes 
an assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s circumstances and have been consistently 
applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the 
overall presentation of the financial statements. 

Opinion on financial statements 
In our opinion the Group financial statements: 
−  give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 3 April 2010 and of its profit for the 53 week period then ended; 
−  have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; and 
−  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

Opinion on other matter prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the Group financial statements. 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following: 

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 
−  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 
−  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review: 
−  the Directors’ Statement contained within Corporate Governance in relation to going concern; and 
−  the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the  

June 2008 Combined Code specified for our review. 

Other matter 
We have reported separately on the parent company financial statements of Halma p.l.c. for the 53 week period ended  
3 April 2010 and on the information in the Directors’ Remuneration Report that is described as having been audited.  

Mark Mullins (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors  
Reading, UK 

22 June 2010 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included  
on the Company's website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
information differs from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  69

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
Consolidated Income Statement 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

53 weeks to 3 April 2010

52 weeks to 28 March 2009

Before 
amortisation 
of acquired 
intangibles 
£000

Amortisation 
of acquired 
intangibles 
£000

  Notes 

Before 
amortisation 
of acquired 
intangibles 
£000 

Amortisation 
of acquired 
intangibles 
£000

Total 
£000

Total 
£000

1 

459,118

–

459,118

455,928 

–

455,928

4 
5 
6 
9 

1 
2 

10 

89,135
6,566
(9,487)
86,214
(22,807)

(4,840)
–
–
(4,840)
1,870

84,295
6,566
(9,487)
81,374
(20,937)

82,508 
8,405 
(11,826) 
79,087 
(21,888) 

(6,301)
–
–
(6,301)
1,683

76,207
8,405
(11,826)
72,786
(20,205)

63,407

(2,970)

60,437

57,199 

(4,618)

52,581

16.89p

15.30p 

16.10p
16.05p

31,984
8.50p

14.07p
14.03p

29,723
7.93p

Continuing operations 
Revenue 

Operating profit 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Profit before taxation 
Taxation 
Profit for the year attributable to 
equity shareholders 
Earnings per share 
From continuing operations 
Basic 
Diluted 
Dividends in respect of the year 
Paid and proposed (£000) 
Paid and proposed per share 

Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income and Expenditure 

Profit for the year 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 
Exchange differences transferred to profit on disposal of foreign operations 
Actuarial losses on defined benefit pension plans 
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges 
Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income 
Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year 

53 weeks to 
3 April 
2010 
£000

52 weeks to 
28 March 
2009 
£000

60,437

52,581

Notes 

(8,613)
–
(4,644)
(47)
2,917
(10,387)

40,336
193
(11,092)
–
6,315
35,752

27 
25 
9 

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity shareholders 

50,050

88,333

70

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Non-current assets 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Deferred tax assets 

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Tax receivable 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total assets 
Current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions 
Tax liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 

Net current assets 
Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities 

Total liabilities 
Net assets 
Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium account 
Treasury shares 
Capital redemption reserve 
Hedging and translation reserve 
Other reserves 
Retained earnings 
Shareholders’ funds 

3 April 
2010 
£000

(Restated)* 
28 March 
2009 
£000

Notes 

11 
12 
13 
20 

14 
15 

16 
17 
18 

16 
27 
19 
18 
20 

21 

195,334
33,705
66,786
10,612
306,437

47,014
98,077
1,067
31,323
232
177,713
484,150

317
66,955
1,515
7,843
331
76,961
100,752

21,924
43,071
4,554
1,954
13,193
84,696
161,657
322,493

37,765
20,959
(2,581)
185
39,013
4,178
222,974
322,493

198,084
40,894
71,408
10,003
320,389

51,381
103,544
3,275
34,987
–
193,187
513,576

6,559
61,361
2,018
3,756
–
73,694
119,493

79,614
42,568
3,013
719
14,353
140,267
213,961
299,615

37,539
18,146
(2,759)
185
47,673
4,246
194,585
299,615

* Provisions previously within ‘Trade and other payables’ have been separately disclosed in note 18. See note 17 for further details. 

The financial statements of Halma p.l.c., company number 40932, were approved by the Board of Directors on 22 June 2010. 

A J Williams 
Director 

K J Thompson  
Director 

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  71

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Share 
capital 
£000

37,539
–

Share 
premium 
account 
£000

18,146
–

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£000

Hedging 
and 
translation  
reserve  
£000 

185
–

47,673 
– 

Treasury 
shares 
£000

(2,759)
–

Other 
reserves 
£000 

4,246 
– 

Retained 
earnings 
£000

194,585
60,437

Total 
£000

299,615
60,437

−

−

−

−

–

226
–
–

–

–
–
37,765

37,446
–

–
93
–
–

–
–
37,539

−

−

−

−

–

2,813
–
–

–

–
–
20,959

16,949
–

–
1,197
–
–

–
–
18,146

–

−

−

−

–

–
–
–

–

–
178
(2,581)

(3,292)
–

–
–
–
–

–
533
(2,759)

−

−

−

−

–

–
–
–

–

–
–
185

185
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
185

(8,613) 

− 

(47) 

− 

(8,660) 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
39,013 

7,144 
– 

40,529 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
47,673 

− 

− 

− 

− 

– 

−

(8,613)

(4,644)

(4,644)

−

(47)

2,917

2,917

(1,727)

(10,387)

– 
– 
(1,017) 

–
(30,394)
–

3,039
(30,394)
(1,017)

949 

–

949

– 
– 
4,178 

5,106 
– 

73
–
222,974

175,566
52,581

73
178
322,493

239,104
52,581

– 
– 
– 
(201) 

(4,777)
–
(28,785)
–

35,752
1,290
(28,785)
(201)

(659) 
– 
4,246 

–
–
194,585

(659)
533
299,615

At 28 March 2009  
Profit for the period 

Other comprehensive income  
and expense: 
Exchange differences on 
translation of foreign operations 
Actuarial losses on defined 
benefit pension plans 
Effective portion of changes in fair 
value of cash flow hedges 
Tax relating to components of 
other comprehensive income 
Total other comprehensive 
income and expense 

Share options exercised 
Dividends paid 
Share-based payments 
Deferred tax on share-based 
payment transactions 
Excess tax deductions related  
to share-based payments  
on exercised options 
Net movement in treasury shares 
At 3 April 2010 

At 29 March 2008  
Profit for the period 
Total other comprehensive 
income and expense 
Share options exercised 
Dividends paid 
Share-based payments 
Deferred tax on share-based 
payment transactions 
Net movement in treasury shares 
At 28 March 2009  

Treasury shares are ordinary shares in Halma p.l.c. purchased by the Company and held to fulfil the Company’s obligations 
under the performance share plan. At 3 April 2010 the number of treasury shares held was 1,130,036 (2009: 1,274,108) and their 
market value was £2,926,793 (2009: £1,981,238). 

The Capital redemption reserve was created on repurchase and cancellation of the Company’s own shares.  

The Hedging and translation reserve is used to record differences arising from the retranslation of the financial statements of 
foreign operations and the portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments that are 
deemed to be an effective hedge. 

The Other reserves represent the provision established in respect of the value of the equity-settled share option plans and 
performance share plan. 

72

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of computer software 
Purchase of intangibles 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 
Development costs capitalised 
Interest received 
Acquisition of businesses 
Disposal of businesses 
Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities 
Dividends paid 
Proceeds from issue of share capital 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Interest paid 
Repayment of borrowings 
Net cash used in financing activities 

(Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents brought forward 
Exchange adjustments 
Cash and cash equivalents carried forward 

53 weeks to 
3 April 
2010 
£000

52 weeks to 
28 March 
2009 
£000

Notes 

24 

100,338

65,931

(9,781)
(1,260)
(38)
854
(3,072)
189
(1,676)
520
(14,264)

(30,394)
3,039
(2,252)
(1,047)
(58,845)
(89,499)

(3,425)
34,987
(556)
31,006

(15,209)
(1,631)
(220)
1,884
(3,846)
566
(12,388)
2,867
(27,977)

(28,785)
1,290
(1,442)
(3,305)
(3,519)
(35,761)

2,193
28,118
4,676
34,987

24 

24 

24 

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  73

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Accounting Policies 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Basis of accounting 
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) adopted 
for use in the European Union (EU) and therefore comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS legislation and with those parts of the 
Companies Act 2006 that are applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements have also been prepared 
in accordance with IFRS and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) interpretations issued and 
effective at the time of preparing these accounts. 

The principal Group accounting policies are explained below and have been applied consistently throughout the years ended  
28 March 2009 and 3 April 2010 other than those noted below. 

The Group accounts have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except as described below under the heading 
‘Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting’. 

New, revised or changes to existing standards which have been adopted by the Group in the year 
ending 3 April 2010  
IAS 1 (revised), effective for periods commencing 1 January 2009, requires the presentation of a statement of changes in equity 
as a primary statement, separate from the Income statement and Statement of comprehensive income. As a result, a 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity has been included in the primary statements, showing changes in each 
component of equity for each period presented.  

IFRS 8 ‘Operating segments’, became effective on 1 January 2009. The new standard has not required any significant changes 
to segmental reporting from that reported in 2009. 

IAS 23 ‘Borrowing costs’ amendment became effective on 1 January 2009 and requires borrowing costs which meet certain 
criteria to be capitalised. The Group does not currently have any material borrowings or interest costs, which are covered by 
this standard. 

Amendments to IFRS 2 ‘Share-based payment’ and IFRS 7 ‘Financial instruments: Disclosures’ became effective in 2009 and 
did not have a material impact on the Group. 

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted 
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following Standards and Interpretations which have not been 
applied in these financial statements were in issue but not yet effective (and in some cases had not yet been adopted by the EU): 

IFRS 1 (amended) 
IFRS 2 (amended) 
IFRS 3 (revised 2008) 
IFRS 9 
IAS 24 (revised) 
IAS 27 (revised 2008) 
IAS 32 (amended) 
IAS 39 (amended) 
IFRIC 9 and IAS 39 
IFRIC 14 (amended) 
IFRIC 17 
IFRIC 18 
IFRIC 19 
Improvements to IFRS (April 2009) 

Additional Exemptions for First-time Adopters 
s
Group Cash-settled Share-based Payment transaction  
Business Combinations 
Financial Instruments 
Related Party Disclosure 
Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements 
Classification of Rights Issue 
Eligible Hedged Items 
Embedded Derivatives 
Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement 
Distributions of Non-cash Assets to Owners 
Transfer of Assets from Customers 
Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments 

None of these is anticipated to have any material impact on future periods other than IFRS 3 (revised) (with effect from  
4 April 2010), which will change the Group’s treatment of the cost of business combinations and deferred consideration for 
transactions completed from that date.  

Going concern 
The Directors have, at the time of approving the financial statements, a reasonable expectation that the Company and the 
Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements. Further detail is contained on page 53. 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty and critical accounting judgments 
The preparation of Group accounts in conformity with IFRS requires the Directors to make judgments, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses.  
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experiences and various other factors that are believed  
to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making judgments about carrying values of 
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.  

74

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
The following two areas of key estimation uncertainty and critical accounting judgment have been identified as having 
significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the next financial year: 
−  Goodwill impairment  

Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of cash generating units (CGUs) to which 
goodwill has been allocated. In turn, the value in use calculation involves an estimation of the present value of future cash 
flows of CGUs. The future cash flows are based on annual budgets, as approved by the Board, to which the management’s 
expectation of market-share and long-term growth rates are applied. The present value is then calculated based on 
management’s judgment of future discount rates. The Board reviews these key assumptions (market-share, long-term 
growth rates, and discount rates) and the sensitivity analysis around these assumptions. Further details are provided in  
note 11.  

−  Defined benefit pension scheme liabilities  

Determining the value of the future defined benefit obligation requires judgment in respect of the assumptions used to 
calculate present values. These include future mortality, discount rate, inflation and salary increases. Management makes 
these judgments in consultation with an independent actuary. Details of the judgments made in calculating these 
transactions are disclosed in note 27.  

Basis of consolidation 
The Group accounts include the accounts of Halma p.l.c. and its subsidiary companies made up to 3 April 2010, adjusted to 
eliminate intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses. The results of subsidiary companies acquired or 
discontinued are included from the month of their acquisition or to the month of their discontinuation. 

Goodwill 
Goodwill in respect of acquisitions after 4 April 2004 (the date from which the financial statements were reported under IFRS) 
represents the difference between the cost of an acquisition and the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the business 
acquired, and is recognised as an intangible asset in the Consolidated balance sheet. Goodwill therefore includes non-identified 
intangible assets including business processes, buyer-specific synergies, know-how and workforce-related industry-specific 
knowledge and technical skills. Negative goodwill arising on acquisitions would be recognised directly in the Consolidated 
income statement. On closure or disposal of an acquired business, goodwill would be taken into account in determining the 
profit or loss on closure or disposal. 

As permitted by IFRS 1, the Group elected not to apply IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ to acquisitions prior to 4 April 2004 in its 
consolidated accounts. As a result, the net book value of goodwill recognised as an intangible asset under UK GAAP at 3 April 
2004 was brought forward unadjusted as the cost of goodwill recognised under IFRS at 4 April 2004 subject to impairment 
testing on that date; and goodwill that was written off to reserves prior to 28 March 1998 under UK GAAP will not be taken into 
account in determining the profit or loss on disposal or closure of previously acquired businesses from 4 April 2004 onwards. 

Other intangible assets 
(a) Product development costs 
Research expenditure is written off in the financial year in which it is incurred. 

Development expenditure is written off in the financial year in which it is incurred, unless it relates to the development of a new 
or substantially improved product, is incurred after the technical feasibility and economic viability of the product has been 
proven and the decision to complete the development has been taken, and can be measured reliably. Such expenditure is 
capitalised as an intangible asset in the Consolidated balance sheet at cost and is amortised through the Consolidated income 
statement on a straight-line basis over its estimated economic life of three years. 

(b) Acquired intangible assets 
An intangible resource acquired with a subsidiary undertaking is recognised as an intangible asset if it is separable from the 
acquired business or arises from contractual or legal rights, is expected to generate future economic benefits and its fair value 
can be measured reliably. Acquired intangible assets are amortised through the Consolidated income statement on a straight-
line basis over their estimated economic lives of between three and ten years. 

(c) Computer software 
Computer software that is not integral to an item of property, plant or equipment is recognised separately as an intangible 
asset, and is amortised through the Consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over its estimated economic life of 
between three and five years. 

(d) Other intangibles 
Other intangibles are amortised through the Consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over their estimated 
economic lives of between three and ten years. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  75

Halma p.l.c. 

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

Accounting Policies 
continued 

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Impairment of non-current assets 
All non-current assets are tested for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying value may be 
impaired. Additionally, goodwill and capitalised development expenditure relating to a product that is not yet in full production 
are subject to an annual impairment test. 

An impairment loss is recognised in the Consolidated income statement to the extent that an asset’s carrying value exceeds its 
recoverable amount, which represents the higher of the asset’s net realisable value and its value in use. An asset’s value in use 
represents the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or from the cash generating unit to 
which it relates. The present value is calculated using a discount rate that reflects the current market assessment of the time 
value of money and the risks specific to the asset concerned. 

Impairment losses recognised in previous periods for an asset other than goodwill are reversed if there has been a change in 
the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount, but only to the extent that the carrying amount of the asset 
does not exceed its carrying amount had no impairment loss been recognised in previous periods. Impairment losses in 
respect of goodwill are not reversed. 

Segmental reporting 
An operating segment is a distinguishable component of the Group that is engaged in business activities from which it may 
earn revenues and incur expenses, and whose operating results are reviewed regularly by the Chief Operating Decision Maker 
(the Chief Executive Officer) to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance,  
and for which discrete financial information is available. 

The Group has adopted IFRS 8 in the current year. The reportable segments disclosed are consistent with operating segments 
previously determined and presented in accordance with IAS14 Segment Reporting. Reportable segments are operating 
segments that either meet the thresholds and conditions set out in IFRS 8 or are considered by the Board to be appropriately 
designated as reportable segments. Segment result represents operating profits and includes an allocation of head office 
expenses. Segment result excludes tax and financing items. Segment assets comprise goodwill, other intangible assets, 
property, plant and equipment (excluding land and buildings), inventories, trade and other receivables. Segment liabilities 
comprise trade and other payables, provisions and other payables. Unallocated items represent land and buildings, corporate 
and deferred taxation balances, defined benefit scheme liabilities, deferred purchase consideration, all components of net 
cash/borrowings and derivative financial instruments. 

Foreign currencies 
The Group presents its accounts in Sterling. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date 
of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are reported at 
the rates prevailing at that date. Any gain or loss arising from subsequent exchange rate movements is included as an 
exchange gain or loss in the Consolidated income statement. 

Net assets of overseas subsidiary companies are expressed in Sterling at the rates of exchange ruling at the end of the  
financial year, and trading results and cash flows at the average rates of exchange for the financial year. Goodwill arising on  
the acquisition of a foreign business is treated as an asset of the foreign entity and is translated at the rate of exchange ruling at 
the end of the financial year. Exchange gains or losses arising on these translations are taken to the Hedging and translation 
reserve within Shareholders’ funds. 

In the event that an overseas subsidiary is disposed of or closed, the profit or loss on disposal or closure will be determined 
after taking into account the cumulative translation difference held within the Hedging and translation reserve attributable to 
that subsidiary. As permitted by IFRS 1, the Group has elected to deem the Hedging and translation to be £nil at 4 April 2004. 
Accordingly, the profit or loss on disposal or closure of foreign subsidiaries will not include any currency translation differences 
which arose before 4 April 2004. 

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting 
The Group enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign exchange rate risk using forward 
exchange contracts. Further details of derivative financial instruments are disclosed in note 25. 

Derivative financial instruments are classified as fair value through profit and loss (held for trading) unless they are in a 
designated hedge relationship. 

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently  
re-measured to their fair value at each balance sheet date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately 
unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit  
or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of highly probable 
forecast transactions or hedges of foreign currency risk of firm commitments (cash flow hedges), or hedges of net investments 
in foreign operations.  

A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a negative fair value is 
recognised as a financial liability. A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining 
maturity of the instrument is more than 12 months and it is not expected to be realised or settled within 12 months. Other 
derivatives are presented as current assets or current liabilities. 

76

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
Cash flow hedge accounting 
The Group designates certain hedging instruments as cash flow hedges.  

At the inception of the hedge relationship, the entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and  
the hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. 
Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument  
has been or is expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item.  

Note 25 sets out details of the fair values of the derivative instruments used for hedging purposes and the movements in the 
hedging reserve in equity. 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised 
in Other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion as a result of being overhedged is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss.  

Amounts previously recognised in Other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in 
the periods when the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results 
in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously accumulated in equity are 
transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial asset or non-financial liability.  

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes the hedging relationship, the hedging instrument expires or is sold, 
terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any gain or loss recognised in Other comprehensive 
income at that time is accumulated in equity and is recognised, when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised, in profit 
or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss.  

Net investment hedge accounting 
The Group uses US Dollar and Euro denominated borrowings as a hedge against the translation exposure on the Group’s  
net investment in overseas companies. Where the hedge is fully effective at hedging the variability in the net assets of such 
companies caused by changes in exchange rates, the changes in value of the borrowings are recognised in the Statement of 
comprehensive income and accumulated in the Hedging and translation reserve. The ineffective part of any change in value 
caused by changes in exchange rates is recognised in the Consolidated income statement. 

Revenue 
Revenue represents sales, less returns, by subsidiary companies to external customers excluding value added tax and other 
sales related taxes. Transactions are recorded as revenue when the delivery of products or performance of services takes 
place in accordance with the contracted terms of sale. 

Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historic cost less provisions for impairment and depreciation which, with the 
exception of freehold land which is not depreciated, is provided on a straight-line basis over each asset’s estimated economic 
life. The principal annual rates used for this purpose are: 

Freehold property 
Leasehold properties: 
Long leases (more than 50 years unexpired) 
Short leases (less than 50 years unexpired) 
Plant, equipment and vehicles 
Short-life tooling 

2% 

2% 
Period of lease 
8% to 20% 
331⁄3% 

Leases 
Leases that confer rights and obligations similar to those that attach to owned assets are classified as finance leases, of which 
the Group has none. All other leases are classified as operating leases. 

Operating lease rentals, and any incentives receivable, are charged to the Consolidated income statement on a straight-line 
basis over the lease term. 

Pensions 
The Group makes contributions to various pension schemes, covering the majority of its employees. 

For defined benefit schemes, the asset or liability recorded in the balance sheet is the difference between the fair value of  
the scheme’s assets and the present value of the defined obligation at that date. The defined benefit obligation is calculated 
separately for each scheme on an annual basis by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. 

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the period in which they occur, and are taken to Shareholders’ funds. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  77

Halma p.l.c. 

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

Accounting Policies 
continued 

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Current and past service costs, along with the impact of any settlements or curtailments, are charged to the Consolidated 
income statement. Interest on pension plans’ liabilities are recognised within finance expense and the expected return on the 
schemes’ assets are recognised within finance income in the Consolidated income statement. 

Contributions to defined contribution schemes are charged to the Consolidated income statement when they fall due. 

Employee share schemes 
Share-based incentives are provided to employees under the Group’s share incentive plan, the share option plans and the 
performance share plan. 

(a) Share incentive plan 
Awards of shares under the share incentive plan are made to qualifying employees depending on salary and service criteria. 
The shares awarded under this plan are purchased in the market by the plan’s trustees at the time of the award, and are then 
held in trust for a minimum of three years. The costs of this plan are recognised in the Consolidated income statement over the 
three-year vesting periods of the awards. 

(b) Share option plans 
All grants of options under the 1990 and 1996 share option plans and the 1999 company share option plan (together, the ‘share 
option plans’) are equity settled, and so, as permitted by IFRS 1, the provisions of IFRS 2 ‘Share-Based Payment’ have been 
applied only to options awarded on or after 7 November 2002 which had not vested at 3 April 2005. 

The fair value of awards under these plans has been measured at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model and will  
not be subsequently remeasured. The fair value is charged to the Consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over 
the expected vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will ultimately vest and adjusted for the effect of  
non market-based vesting conditions. The corresponding credit is to Shareholders’ funds. 

No further awards will be made under the share option plans. 

(c) Performance share plan 
On 3 August 2005 the share option plans were replaced by the performance share plan. 

Awards under this plan are partly equity-settled and partly cash-settled, and are subject to both market based and non-market 
based vesting criteria.  

The fair value of the equity-settled portion at the date of grant is established by using an appropriate simulation method to 
reflect the likelihood of market-based performance conditions being met. The fair value is charged to the Consolidated income 
statement on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with appropriate adjustments being made during this period to 
reflect expected and actual forfeitures arising from the non-market based performance conditions only. The corresponding 
credit is to Shareholders’ funds. 

For the cash-settled portion, a liability equal to the portion of the services received is recognised at the current fair value 
determined at each balance sheet date. 

Inventories 
Inventories and work in progress of subsidiary companies are included at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is 
calculated either on a ‘first in, first out’ or an average cost basis and includes direct materials and the appropriate proportion of 
production and other overheads considered by the Directors to be attributable to bringing the inventories to their location and 
condition at the year end. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs to complete and 
costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution. 

Provisions 
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is 
probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the 
obligation.  

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the 
balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured 
using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of the cash flows.  

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party,  
a receivable is recognised as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the 
receivable can be measured reliably. 

78

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
Taxation 
Taxation comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the Consolidated income statement except to the extent  
that it relates to items recognised directly in Shareholders’ funds, in which case it too is recognised in Shareholders’ funds. 
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or subsequently enacted at 
the balance sheet date, along with any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. Taxable profit differs from net 
profit as reported in the Consolidated income statement because it excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. 

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting 
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method, apart from 
the following differences which are not provided for: goodwill not deductible for tax purposes; the initial recognition of assets or 
liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit; and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent 
they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner 
of realisation or settlement of the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities, using tax rates and laws, which are expected to 
apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. Deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent that 
recovery is probable. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances, deposits with an initial maturity of less than three months, and bank 
overdrafts that are repayable on demand.  

Dividends 
Dividends payable to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the period in which the distribution is approved 
by the Company’s shareholders. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  79

Halma p.l.c. 

 
Notes to the Accounts 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

1 Segmental analysis 
Sector analysis 
The Group has three main reportable segments (Infrastructure Sensors, Health and Analysis and Industrial Safety), which  
are defined by markets rather than product type. Each segment includes businesses with similar operating and marketing 
characteristics. These segments are consistent with the internal reporting as reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer.  

These reportable segments remain unchanged from the 28 March 2009 financial statements. 

Segment revenue and results 

Infrastructure Sensors 
Health and Analysis 
Industrial Safety 
Inter-segmental sales 
Revenue for the year 

Revenue (all continuing 
operations)

53 weeks to 
3 April 
2010 
£000

52 weeks to 
28 March 
2009 
£000

182,923
175,988
100,462
(255)
459,118

186,042
165,123
105,026
(263)
455,928

Inter-segmental sales are charged at prevailing market prices and have not been disclosed separately by segment as they are 
not considered material. The Group does not analyse revenue by product group. 

Segment profit before allocation of amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
Infrastructure Sensors 
Health and Analysis 
Industrial Safety 

Segment profit after allocation of amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
Infrastructure Sensors 
Health and Analysis 
Industrial Safety 
Segment profit 
Central administration costs 
Net finance expense 
Group profit before taxation 
Taxation 
Profit for the year 

Profit (all continuing 
operations)

53 weeks to 
3 April 
2010 
£000

52 weeks to 
28 March 
2009 
£000

35,510
35,254
19,795
90,559

35,510
31,755
18,454
85,719
(1,424)
(2,921)
81,374
(20,937)
60,437

32,950
28,738
22,159
83,847

31,588
25,764
20,194
77,546
(1,339)
(3,421)
72,786
(20,205)
52,581

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as the Group’s accounting policies. Segment profit before 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets is disclosed separately above as this is the measure reported to the Group Chief 
Executive Officer for the purpose of allocation of resources and assessment of segment performance.  

Segment assets and liabilities 

Goodwill and acquired intangibles not allocated to specific segment 
assets/liabilities 

Infrastructure Sensors 
Health and Analysis 
Industrial Safety 
Total segment assets/liabilities excluding goodwill and acquired 
intangible assets 
Goodwill 
Acquired intangible assets 
Total segment assets/liabilities including goodwill and acquired 
intangible assets 

2010 
£000

70,905
76,484
43,861

191,250
195,334
21,230

Assets 

2009  
£000 

76,397 
81,983 
45,669 

204,049 
198,084 
27,424 

2010 
£000

23,429
22,512
16,945

62,886
–
–

Liabilities

2009 
£000

23,621
19,385
13,131

56,137
–
–

407,814

429,557 

62,886

56,137

80

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
1 Segmental analysis continued 
Goodwill and acquired intangibles allocated to specific segment 
assets/liabilities 

Infrastructure Sensors 
Health and Analysis 
Industrial Safety 
Total segment assets/liabilities including goodwill and acquired 
intangibles 
Cash and cash equivalents/borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
Other unallocated assets/liabilities 
Total Group 

2010 
£000

153,112
186,751
67,951

407,814
31,323
232
44,781
484,150

Assets 

2009  
£000 

160,799 
196,918 
71,840 

429,557 
34,987 
– 
49,032 
513,576 

2010 
£000

23,429
22,512
16,945

62,886
22,241
331
76,199
161,657

Liabilities

2009 
£000

23,621
19,385
13,131

56,137
86,173
–
71,651
213,961

Segment assets and liabilities, excluding the allocation of goodwill and acquired intangible assets, have been disclosed 
separately above as this is the measure reported to the Chief Executive Officer for the purpose of monitoring segment 
performance and allocating resources between segments. Other unallocated assets include land and buildings and tax  
assets and unallocated liabilities include deferred purchase consideration, retirement benefit provisions and tax liabilities. 

Other segment information 

Infrastructure Sensors 
Health and Analysis 
Industrial Safety 
Total segment additions/depreciation and amortisation 
Unallocated 
Total Group 

Additions to non-current 
assets (restated) 

Depreciation and 
amortisation (restated)

2010 
£000

4,517
10,290
3,651
18,458
395
18,853

2009  
£000 

5,907 
22,031 
6,245 
34,183 
798 
34,981 

2010 
£000

5,633
9,930
5,087
20,650
582
21,232

2009 
£000

6,338
8,136
5,537
20,011
329
20,340

Non-current asset additions comprise acquired and purchased goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment.  

2010 includes, and the prior year has been restated after, the following allocation of additions to, and amortisation of, acquired 
tangible and intangible assets and goodwill to the operating segments. 

Infrastructure Sensors 
Health and Analysis 
Industrial Safety 
Total Group 

Additions to acquired tangibles 
and intangibles and goodwill 

Amortisation of acquired 
intangibles

2010 
£000

–
4,702
–
4,702

2009  
£000 

– 
14,075 
– 
14,075 

2010 
£000

–
3,499
1,341
4,840

2009 
£000

1,362
2,974
1,965
6,301

There were no impairment losses incurred during the year (2009: £nil). 

Geographical information 
The Group’s revenue from external customers (by location of customer) and its non-current assets by geographical location are 
detailed below: 

Mainland Europe 
United States of America 
United Kingdom 
Asia Pacific and Australasia 
Africa, Near and Middle East 
Other countries 

Revenue by 
destination 

Non-current 
assets

2009  
£000 

132,556 
120,681 
104,406 
54,071 
27,556 
16,658 
455,928 

2010 
£000

27,239
36,028
230,139
2,419
–
–
295,825

2009 
£000

29,483
39,303
239,247
2,353
–
–
310,386

2010 
£000

135,676
127,152
98,339
59,143
23,695
15,113
459,118

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  81

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

Notes to the Accounts 
continued 

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

1 Segmental analysis continued 
Non-current assets comprise goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment.  

Information about major customers 
The Group had no revenue from a single customer, which accounts for more than 2% of the Group’s revenue.  

2 Earnings per ordinary share 
Basic earnings per ordinary share are calculated using the weighted average of 375,485,642 shares in issue during the year  
(net of shares purchased by the Company and held as treasury shares) (2009: 373,831,805). Diluted earnings per ordinary share 
are calculated using the weighted average of 376,513,219 shares (2009: 374,893,326), which includes dilutive potential ordinary 
shares of 1,027,577 (2009: 1,061,521). Dilutive potential ordinary shares are calculated from those exercisable share options 
where the exercise price is less than the average price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year. 

Adjusted earnings are calculated as earnings from continuing operations excluding the amortisation of acquired intangible 
assets after tax. The Directors consider that adjusted earnings represent a more consistent measure of underlying 
performance. A reconciliation of earnings and the effect on basic earnings per share figures is as follows: 

Earnings from continuing operations 
Add back amortisation of acquired intangibles (after tax) 
Adjusted earnings 

Per ordinary share

2010 
£000

60,437
2,970
63,407

2009  
£000 

52,581 
4,618 
57,199 

2010 
pence

16.10
0.79
16.89

2009 
pence

14.07
1.23
15.30

3 Non-GAAP measures 
The Board uses certain non-GAAP measures to help it effectively monitor the performance of the Group. These measures 
include Return on  apital  mployed, Return on  otal  nvested  apital and organic growth. 

C

C

E

T

I

Return on capital employed 

Operating profit from continuing operations before amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
Computer software costs within intangible assets 
Capitalised development costs within intangible assets 
Other intangibles within intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions 
Net tax liabilities 
Non-current trade and other payables 
Non-current provisions 
Add back retirement benefit accruals included within payables 
Add back accrued deferred purchase consideration 
Capital employed 
Return on capital employed 

Return on total invested capital 

Post-tax profit from continuing operations before amortisation of acquired intangible assets  
Total shareholders’ funds 
Add back retirement benefit accruals included within payables 
Add back retirement benefit obligations 
Less associated deferred tax assets 
Cumulative amortisation of acquired intangibles 
Goodwill on disposals 
Goodwill amortised prior to 3 April 2004 
Goodwill taken to reserves prior to 28 March 1998 
Total invested capital 
Return on total invested capital 

2010 
£000

89,135
3,050
9,202
223
66,786
47,014
98,077
(66,955)
(1,515)
(6,776)
(4,554)
(1,954)
–
2,921
145,519
61.3%

2010 
£000

63,407
322,493
–
43,071
(12,060)
21,919
5,441
13,177
70,931
464,972
13.6%

2009 
£000

82,508
3,022
10,194
–
71,408
51,381
103,544
(61,361)
(2,018)
(481)
(3,013)
(719)
1,103
68
173,128
47.7%

2009 
£000

57,199
299,615
1,103
42,568
(11,920)
17,360
5,441
13,177
70,931
438,275
13.1%

82

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
3 Non-GAAP measures continued 
Organic growth 
Organic growth measures the change in revenue and profit from continuing Group operations. The effect of acquisitions and 
disposals made during the current or prior financial year has been equalised by adjusting the current year results for a pro-
rated contribution based on their revenue and profit at the date of acquisition or disposal, and has been calculated as follows: 

2010 
£000

459,118
(942)
458,176

2009 
£000

455,928
–
455,928

Revenue

% 
growth

0.5%

Continuing operations 
Acquired/disposed revenue/profit 

* Before amortisation of acquired intangible assets. 

4 Finance income 

Interest receivable 
Expected return on pension scheme assets 

5 Finance expense 

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts 
Interest charge on pension scheme liabilities 
Other interest payable 

Fair value movement on derivative financial instruments 
Unwinding of discount on provisions 

6 Profit before taxation  
Profit before taxation comprises: 

Revenue 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Distribution costs 
Administrative expenses 
Other operating income 
Net finance expense 
Profit before taxation 

Included within administrative expenses is the amortisation of acquired intangible assets. 

Profit* before taxation

2010  
£000 

86,214 
(5) 
86,209 

2009 
£000

79,087
–
79,087

2010 
£000

189
6,377
6,566

2010 
£000

972
8,375
75
9,422
52
13
9,487

% 
growth

9.0%

2009 
£000

643
7,762
8,405

2009 
£000

3,231
8,521
74
11,826
–
–
11,826

2010 
£000

459,118
(310,530)
148,588
(9,616)
(55,059)
382
(2,921)
81,374

2009 
£000

455,928
(313,842)
142,086
(10,725)
(55,737)
583
(3,421)
72,786

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  83

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Notes to the Accounts 
continued 

6 Profit before taxation continued 

Profit before taxation is stated after charging/(crediting): 
Depreciation 
Amortisation 
Research and development1  
Foreign exchange gain 
Profit on disposal of operations2 
Loss/(profit) on sale of property, plant and 
equipment and computer software 
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense  
Auditors’ remuneration3  

2010 
£000

11,461
9,771
18,299
(138)
(382)

42
232,285
98
510
608
12
230
9
5,672
739

2009 
£000

10,260
10,080
19,062
(61)
(357)

(14)
235,971
88
566
654
12
275
60
4,993
567

Audit services to the Company 
Audit services to the Group 
Total audit services pursuant to legislation 
Other services pursuant to legislation4 
Tax services 
Other services 
Property 
Other 

Operating lease rents: 

1.  A further £3,072,000 (2009: £3,846,000) of development costs have been capitalised in the year. See note 12. 

2.  During the year, the Group disposed of part of its Asset Monitoring business for a profit of £407,000. There was also a write down of £25,000 on a prior year disposal.  
In 2009, the Group disposed of two operations: (a) the assets of the South Africa-based portion of Texecom Limited at book value, but with a foreign exchange loss of 
£270,000; and (b) the high-power resistors business of Fortress Systems Pty Limited, Australia, for a profit of £627,000. 

3.  £nil (2009: £nil) non-audit fees were paid to the auditors in respect of acquisition advice, which otherwise would have been included in cost of investments. 

4.  Audit of the Halma Group Pension Plan. 

7 Employee information 
The average number of persons employed by the Group (including Directors) was: 

United Kingdom 
Overseas 

Group employee costs comprise: 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs (note 27) 
Share-based payment charge (note 22) 

2010 
Number

2009 
Number

1,755
1,934
3,689

2,062
1,956
4,018

2010 
£000

103,530
15,692
4,636
2,067
125,925

2009 
£000

105,980
15,928
5,119
2,307
129,334

8 Directors’ remuneration 
The remuneration of the Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out on pages 57 to 64 within the 
Remuneration report described as being audited and forms part of these financial statements. 

Directors’ remuneration comprises: 

Wages, salaries and fees 
Pension costs  
Share-based payment charge 

84

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

2010 
£000

1,875
75
580
2,530

2009 
£000

1,625
90
726
2,441

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9 Taxation 

Current tax 
UK corporation tax at 28% (2009: 28%) 
Overseas taxation 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
Total current tax charge 
Deferred tax 
Origination and reversal of timing differences 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
Total deferred tax charge 
Total tax charge recognised in the Consolidated income statement 
Reconciliation of the effective tax rate: 
Profit before tax  

Tax at the UK corporation tax rate of 28% (2009: 28%) 
Overseas tax rate differences 
Permanent differences 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 

Effective tax rate (after amortisation of acquired intangible assets) 

Profit before tax (before amortisation of acquired intangible assets) 
Total tax charge (before amortisation of acquired intangible assets) 
Effective tax rate (before amortisation of acquired intangible assets) 

2010 
£000

2009 
£000

8,608
10,941
238
19,787

1,013
137
1,150
20,937

7,710
8,782
(294)
16,198

3,808
199
4,007
20,205

81,374

72,786

22,785
2,144
(4,367)
375
20,937
25.7%

86,214
22,807
26.5%

20,380
476
(556)
(95)
20,205
27.8%

79,087
21,888
27.7%

In addition to the amount charged to the Consolidated income statement, the following amounts relating to tax have been 
recognised directly in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income: 

Current tax 
Corporation tax deduction on foreign exchange loss reclassified to Other comprehensive income on 
consolidation 
Other 

Deferred tax (note 20) 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Short-term timing differences 

2010 
£000

2009 
£000

1,592
9
1,601

1,300
16
1,316
2,917

3,251
–
3,251

3,064
–
3,064
6,315

In addition to the amounts charged to the Consolidated income statement and the Consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income, the following amounts relating to tax have been recognised directly in equity: 

Current tax 
Excess tax deductions related to share-based payments on exercised options 
Deferred tax (note 20) 
Change in estimated excess tax deductions related to share-based payments 

2010 
£000

73

949
1,022

2009 
£000

–

(659)
(659)

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  85

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

Notes to the Accounts 
continued 

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

10 Dividends 

Amounts recognised as distributions to shareholders in the year 
Final dividend for the year to 28 March 2009 (29 March 2008) 
Interim dividend for the year to 3 April 2010 (28 March 2009) 

Dividends declared in respect of the year 
Interim dividend for the year to 3 April 2010 (28 March 2009) 
Proposed final dividend for the year to 3 April 2010 (28 March 2009) 

Per ordinary share

2010 
pence

2009  
pence 

2010 
£000

2009 
£000

4.78
3.31
8.09

3.31
5.19
8.50

4.55 
3.15 
7.70 

3.15 
4.78 
7.93 

17,935
12,459
30,394

12,459
19,525
31,984

16,997
11,788
28,785

11,788
17,935
29,723

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and has not been included as 
a liability in these financial statements. 

11 Goodwill 

Cost 
At beginning of year 
Additions (note 23) 
Exchange adjustments 
At end of year 
Provision for impairment 
At beginning and end of year 
Carrying amounts 

2010 
£000

2009 
£000

198,084
4,585
(7,335)
195,334

–
195,334

161,230
5,509
31,345
198,084

–
198,084

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (CGUs) that are expected 
to benefit from that business combination. Before recognition of impairment losses, the carrying amount of goodwill has been 
allocated as follows: 

Infrastructure Sensors 
Fire Detection 
Security Sensors 
Automatic Door Sensors 
Elevator Safety 

Health and Analysis 
Water 
Photonics 
Health Optics 
Fluid Technology 

Industrial Safety 
Bursting Disks 
Safety Interlocks 
Asset Monitoring 

2010 
£000

2009 
£000

10,961
15,795
45,433
10,018
82,207

7,841
42,755
32,044
6,676
89,316

7,570
5,610
10,631
23,811

11,363
15,795
47,537
9,706
84,401

7,972
43,889
30,142
7,142
89,145

8,100
5,806
10,632
24,538

195,334

198,084

Goodwill values have been tested for impairment by comparing them against the value in use in perpetuity of the relevant 
CGUs. The value in use calculations were based on projected cash flows, derived from the latest budget approved by the Board, 
discounted at the Group’s pre-tax estimated short-term discount rate to calculate their net present value.  

Key assumptions used in ‘value in use’ calculations 
The calculation of ‘value in use’ is most sensitive to the following assumptions, which are the same for all CGUs: 
−  Discount rates; 

86

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11 Goodwill continued 
−  Market share during the budget period for the financial year to March 2011; and  
−  Growth rate used to extrapolate risk adjusted cash flows beyond the budget period. 

Discount rates are based on the Group’s borrowing and equity profile. The Directors do not currently expect any significant 
change in the present discount rate of 9.84% (2009: 10.25%). The discount rate of 9.84%, which is pre-tax and is based on 
short-term variables, may differ from the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) used in long-term return measures such 
as ROTIC. 

Market share assumptions are important because, as well as the growth rates (as noted below), management assess how 
each unit’s relative position to its competitors might change over the budget period. Management expects each unit’s 
position to be stable over the projected period. 

Growth rate estimates of respectively 3.25%, 2.0% and 1.25% for the first, second and third year onwards into perpetuity 
following the budget year are based on conservative estimates keeping in view past performance growth. 

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions 
Management believes that no reasonable potential change in any of the above key assumptions would cause the carrying value 
of any unit to exceed its recoverable amount. 

12 Other intangible assets 

Acquired intangibles

Customer 
relationships*
£000

Trademarks** 

£000

Total 
£000

Internally 
generated 
capitalised 
development 
costs 
£000

Computer 
software  
£000 

Other 
intangibles*** 
£000

Total 
£000

19,307

13,906

33,213

13,780

5,389 

–

52,382

1,429
–
–
–
–
2,177
22,913

–
–
–
–
(662)
22,251

7,549
–
3,710
–
–
509
11,768
2,260
–
–
(155)
13,873

8,378
11,145

5,067
–
–
–
–
2,898
21,871

–
–
–
–
(973)
20,898

2,563
–
2,591
–
–
438
5,592
2,580
–
–
(126)
8,046

12,852
16,279

6,496
–
–
–
–
5,075
44,784

–
–
–
–
(1,635)
43,149

10,112
–
6,301
–
–
947
17,360
4,840
–
–
(281)
21,919

21,230
27,424

–
–
3,846
–
(971)
1,631
18,286

–
3,072
–
(640)
(371)
20,347

5,540
–
2,868
–
(738)
422
8,092
3,762
–
(621)
(88)
11,145

9,202
10,194

– 
(27) 
1,631 
(89) 
– 
869 
7,773 

6 
1,260 
(313) 
– 
(205) 
8,521 

3,478 
(11) 
903 
(87) 
– 
468 
4,751 
1,116 
(286) 
– 
(110) 
5,471 

3,050 
3,022 

–
–
220
–
–
44
264

–
38
–
–
(15)
287

–
–
8
–
–
2
10
53
–
–
1
64

223
254

6,496
(27)
5,697
(89)
(971)
7,619
71,107

6
4,370
(313)
(640)
(2,226)
72,304

19,130
(11)
10,080
(87)
(738)
1,839
30,213
9,771
(286)
(621)
(478)
38,599

33,705
40,894

Cost 
At 29 March 2008 
Assets of businesses 
acquired  
Assets of business sold 
Additions at cost 
Disposals 
Retirements 
Exchange adjustments 
At 28 March 2009 
Assets of businesses 
acquired (note 23) 
Additions at cost 
Disposals 
Retirements 
Exchange adjustments 
At 3 April 2010 
Accumulated amortisation 
At 29 March 2008 
Assets of business sold 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 
Retirements 
Exchange adjustments 
At 28 March 2009 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 
Retirements 
Exchange adjustments 
At 3 April 2010 
Carrying amounts 
At 3 April 2010 
At 28 March 2009 

* Customer relationship assets are amortised over their useful economic lives estimated to be between three and eight years. 
** Trademarks (including protected technical knowledge) are amortised over their useful economic lives estimated to be between three and ten years. 
*** Other intangibles comprise a licence and product registration costs amortised over their useful economic lives estimated to be between three and five years. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  87

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Notes to the Accounts 
continued 

13 Property, plant and equipment 

Cost 
At 29 March 2008 
Assets of businesses acquired 
Assets of businesses sold 
Additions at cost 
Disposals 
Exchange adjustments 
At 28 March 2009 
Assets of businesses acquired (note 23) 
Assets of businesses sold 
Additions at cost 
Disposals 
Reclassification of category 
Exchange adjustments 
At 3 April 2010 
Accumulated depreciation 
At 29 March 2008 
Assets of businesses sold 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 
Exchange adjustments 
At 28 March 2009 
Assets of businesses sold 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 
Reclassification of category 
Exchange adjustments 
At 3 April 2010 
Carrying amounts 
At 3 April 2010 
At 28 March 2009 

14 Inventories 

Raw materials and consumables 
Work in progress 
Finished goods and goods for resale 

Land and buildings 

Freehold 
properties 
£000

30,746
(125)
–
855
–
3,767
35,243
21
–
44
–
–
(964)
34,344

5,334
–
674
–
943
6,951
–
747
–
–
(225)
7,473

Long 
leases 
£000

1,613
–
–
100
(92)
44
1,665
–
(19)
104
(12)
450
18
2,206

535
–
53
(91)
19
516
(11)
159
(1)
91
6
760

26,871
28,292

1,446
1,149

Short  
leases  
£000 

4,541 
24 
(44) 
859 
(235) 
537 
5,682 
– 
– 
217 
(151) 
– 
(123) 
5,625 

2,492 
(32) 
499 
(236) 
367 
3,090 
– 
607 
(136) 
– 
(89) 
3,472 

2,153 
2,592 

Plant, 
equipment 
and vehicles 
£000

83,200
2,171
(538)
13,395
(3,857)
11,688
106,059
90
(575)
9,416
(7,806)
(450)
(3,001)
103,733

54,287
(305)
9,034
(3,289)
6,957
66,684
(470)
9,948
(6,963)
(91)
(1,691)
67,417

36,316
39,375

2010 
£000

26,166
5,738
15,110
47,014

The above is stated net of provision for slow-moving and obsolete stock, movements of which are shown below:  

At beginning of the year 
Amounts reversed against inventories previously impaired 
Write downs of inventories recognised as an expense 
Exchange adjustments 
At end of the year 

2010 
£000

8,616
(700)
1,029
(343)
8,602

Total 
£000

120,100
2,070
(582)
15,209
(4,184)
16,036
148,649
111
(594)
9,781
(7,969)
–
(4,070)
145,908

62,648
(337)
10,260
(3,616)
8,286
77,241
(481)
11,461
(7,100)
–
(1,999)
79,122

66,786
71,408

2009 
£000

25,766
7,301
18,314
51,381

2009 
£000

7,761
(619)
30
1,444
8,616

There is no material difference between the balance sheet value of inventories and their cost of replacement. None of the 
inventory has been pledged as security. 

88

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15 Trade and other receivables 

Trade receivables 
Allowance for doubtful debts 

Other receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income 

2010 
£000

89,597
(1,566)
88,031
2,868
7,178
98,077

The movement in the allowance for doubtful debts in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows: 

At beginning of the year 
Net impairment loss recognised  
Amounts recovered against trade receivables previously written down 
Exchange adjustments 
At end of the year 

2010 
£000

1,457
416
(289)
(18)
1,566

2009 
£000

94,344
(1,457)
92,887
3,547
7,110
103,544

2009 
£000

980
512
(204)
169
1,457

An impairment has been recorded against the trade receivables which the Group believes may not be recoverable. In the case 
of trade receivables that are past due, management makes an assessment of the risk of non-collection, taking into account 
factors such as previous default experience, any disputes or other factors delaying payment and the risk of bankruptcy or other 
failure of the customer to meet their obligations. For trade receivables that are not past due, taking into account good historic 
collection experience, management records an impairment charge only where there is a specific risk of non-collection. 

The fair value of trade and other receivables approximates to book value due to the short-term maturities associated with these 
items. There is no impairment risk identified with regards to prepayments and accrued income or other receivables where no 
amounts are past due.  

The ageing of trade receivables was as follows: 

Gross trade receivables 

Trade receivables net 
of doubtful debts

Not yet due 
Up to 1 month overdue 
Up to 2 months overdue 
Up to 3 months overdue 
Over 3 months overdue 

16 Borrowings 

Unsecured bank overdraft falling due within one year 
Unsecured bank loans: 
Falling due within one year 
Falling due after more than one year 
Total borrowings 

2010 
£000

65,610
16,420
3,176
843
3,548
89,597

2009  
£000 

70,687 
14,384 
4,053 
1,390 
3,830 
94,344 

2010 
£000

65,362
16,401
3,149
811
2,308
88,031

2010 
£000

317

–
21,924
22,241

2009 
£000

70,372
14,402
4,006
1,349
2,758
92,887

2009 
£000

–

6,559
79,614
86,173

Information concerning the security, currency, interest rates and maturity of the Group’s borrowings is given in note 25  
to the accounts. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  89

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

Notes to the Accounts 
continued 

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

17 Trade and other payables: falling due within one year 

Trade payables 
Other taxation and social security 
Provision for deferred purchase consideration 
Other payables 
Accruals and deferred income 

2010 
£000

40,210
4,641
1,082
2,092
18,930
66,9 5

5

(Restated)* 
2009 
£000

37,093
4,880
12
1,836
17,540
61,361

* Provisions previously within ‘Other payables’ and ‘Accruals and deferred income’ have been reclassified in the prior year and shown separately in note 18.  

As provisions have increased, management consider it appropriate to disclose them separately.  

18 Provisions 
Provisions are presented as: 

Current 
Non-current 

At beginning of the year 
Additional provision in the year 
Acquired on acquisition 
Utilised during the year 
Released during the year 
Exchange adjustments 
At end of the year 

2010 
£000

1,515
1,954
3,469

Dilapidations 
and empty 
property 
£000

Product 
warranty  
£000 

Legal, 
contractual 
and other 
£000

1,089
919
42
(114)
(107)
(27)
1,802

1,515 
246 
– 
(82) 
(357) 
(53) 
1,269 

133
374
–
(91)
(12)
(6)
398

2009 
£000

2,018
719
2,737

Total 
£000

2,737
1,539
42
(287)
(476)
(86)
3,469

Dilapidations and empty property provisions 
Dilapidations and empty property provisions exist where the Group has lease contracts under which the unavoidable costs of 
meeting its obligations under the contracts exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under them. The provisions 
comprise the Directors’ best estimates of future payments: 

a) to restore the fabric of buildings to their original condition where it is a condition of the leases prior to return of the 
properties; and 

b) on vacant properties, the rental costs of which are not expected to be recoverable from subleasing the properties.  

These commitments cover the period from 2010 to 2028, though they predominantly fall due within five years. 

Product warranty 
Product warranty provisions reflect commitments made to customers on the sale of goods in the ordinary course of business 
and included within the Group companies’ standard terms and conditions. Warranty commitments typically apply for a  
12-month period. Any warranties longer than 12 months are not significant and the provision represents the Directors’ best 
estimate of the Group’s liability based on past experience.  

Legal, contractual and other 
Legal, contractual and other comprise mainly amounts reserved against open legal and contractual disputes. The Company 
has on occasion been required to take legal or other actions to defend itself against proceedings brought by other parties. 
Provisions are made for the expected costs associated with such matters, based on past experience of similar items and other 
known factors, taking into account professional advice received, and represent Directors’ best estimate of the likely outcome. 
The timing of utilisation of these provisions is frequently uncertain reflecting the complexity of issues and the outcome of 
various court proceedings and negotiations. Contractual and other provisions represent the Directors’ best estimate of the cost 
of settling future obligations. Unless specific evidence exists to the contrary, these reserves are shown as current. 

However, no provision is made for proceedings which have been or might be brought by other parties against Group companies 
unless the Directors, taking into account professional advice received, assesses that it is more likely than not that such 
proceedings may be successful.  

90

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
19 Trade and other payables: falling due after one year 

Provision for deferred purchase consideration 
Other payables 

* Provisions previously within ‘Other payables’ have been reclassified in the prior year and shown separately in note 18.  

2010 
£000

1,839
2,715
4,554

(Restated)* 
2009 
£000

56
2,957
3,013

20 Deferred tax 

At 28 March 2009 
(Charge)/credit to 
Consolidated income 
statement 
Credit to Consolidated 
statement of comprehensive 
income 
Credit to equity 
Acquired (note 23) 
Exchange adjustments 
At 3 April 2010 

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 
£000

Acquired 
intangible 
assets 
£000

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation 
£000

Short-term 
timing 
differences 
£000

Share-based 
payment  
£000 

Goodwill 
timing 
differences 
£000

11,920

(8,807)

(8,247)

3,021

1,218 

(3,455)

Total 
£000

(4,350)

(1,160)

1,869

(676)

61

(366) 

(878)

(1,150)

1,300
–
–
–
12,060

–
–
–
445
(6,493)

–
–
–
344
(8,579)

16
–
140
(266)
2,972

– 
949 
– 
– 
1,801 

–
–
(277)
268
(4,342)

1,316
949
(137)
791
(2,581)

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after 
offset) for financial reporting purposes: 

Deferred tax liability 
Deferred tax asset 
Net deferred tax liability 

Movement in deferred tax (liability)/asset: 

At beginning of year 
Charge to Consolidated income statement: 

UK 
Overseas 

Credit to Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
Credit/(charge) to equity 
Acquired (note 23) 
Exchange adjustments 
At end of year 

2010 
£000

(13,193)
10,612
(2,581)

2009 
£000

(14,353)
10,003
(4,350)

2010 
£000

(4,350)

(107)
(1,043)
1,316
949
(137)
791
(2,581)

2009 
£000

3,961

(1,788)
(2,219)
3,064
(659)
(3,989)
(2,720)
(4,350)

No deferred tax liability is recognised on temporary differences of £13,921,000 (2009: £22,421,000) relating to the unremitted 
earnings of overseas subsidiaries as the Group is able to control the timings of the reversal of these temporary differences  
and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The temporary differences at 3 April 2010 are significantly 
reduced from the previous year as a result of a change to UK tax legislation which largely exempts from UK tax overseas 
dividends received on or after 1 July 2009. 

At 3 April 2010 the Group had unused capital tax losses of £871,000 (2009: £889,000) for which no deferred tax asset has  
been recognised.  

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  91

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

Notes to the Accounts 
continued 

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

21 Share capital 

Ordinary shares of 10p each 

Authorised 

Issued and fully paid

2010 
£000

2009  
£000 

2010 
£000

2009 
£000

43,656

43,656 

37,765

37,539

The number of ordinary shares in issue at 3 April 2010 was 377,654,037 (2009: 375,390,677), including treasury shares of 
1,130,036 (2009: 1,274,108). 

Changes during the year in the issued ordinary share capital were as follows: 

At 28 March 2009 
Share options exercised 
At 3 April 2010 

Issued and 
fully paid 
£000

37,539
226
37,765

The total consideration received in cash in respect of share options exercised amounted to £3,039,000. 

At 3 April 2010 options in respect of 4,133,788 (2009: 6,776,695) ordinary shares remained outstanding. Further details of these 
are given in note 22 to the accounts. 

At the date of these accounts, the number of ordinary shares in issue was 377,721,994, including treasury shares of 1,523,217. 

22 Share-based payments 
The total cost recognised in the Consolidated income statement in respect of share-based payment schemes (the ‘employee 
share plans’) was as follows: 

Share incentive plan 
Share option plans 
Performance share plan 

2010

Equity-settled 
£000

Cash-settled 
£000

Total 
£000

Equity-settled  
£000 

Cash-settled 
£000

337
(33)
1,509
1,813

–
–
254
254

337
(33)
1,763
2,067

306 
39 
1,711 
2,056 

–
–
251
251

2009

Total 
£000

306
39
1,962
2,307

The Group has recorded liabilities of £398,000 (2009: £400,000) in respect of the cash settled portion of the awards granted 
under the performance share plan. 

Share incentive plan 
Shares awarded under this Plan are purchased in the market by the Plan’s trustees at the time of the award and are held in 
trust until their transfer to qualifying employees, which is conditional upon completion of three years’ service. The costs of 
providing this Plan are recognised in the Consolidated income statement over the three-year vesting period. 

Share option plans 
The Group has issued options to acquire ordinary shares in the Company under three share option plans, approved by 
shareholders in 1990, 1996 and 1999. These share option plans provide for the grant of two categories of option, both of  
which are subject to performance criteria. 

Section A options are exercisable after three years if the Group’s earnings per share growth exceeds, for the 1990 Plan, the 
growth in the Retail Price Index, for the 1996 Plan, the growth in the Retail Price Index plus 2% per annum and, for the 1999 
Plan, the growth in the Retail Price Index plus 3% per annum. Section B options are exercisable after five years if the 
Company’s earnings per share growth exceeds the earnings per share of, for the 1990 and 1996 Plans, all but the top quarter  
of companies which were within the FTSE 100 at the date of grant of any option and for the 1999 Plan, all but the top quarter  
of companies which were within a peer group at the date of grant of any option. 

All options lapse if not exercised within ten years from the date of grant.  

No further awards have been made under the Company share option plans since 3 August 2005. 

92

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
22 Share-based payments continued 
Options in respect of 4,133,788 ordinary shares remained outstanding at 3 April 2010 under the 1999 Plan. Subject to the 
performance restrictions on the exercise of options granted under this Plan, options are exercisable for the periods and at the 
prices set out below: 

Number of shares 

130,100 
351,100 
184,354 
330,162 
396,482 
104,528 
497,700 
381,400 
535,536 
578,826 
643,600 

Option price 

Five years 
from

Seven years 
from

2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008

111.0p 
163.5p 
144.33p 
134.0p 
142.25p 
145.67p 
111.0p 
163.5p 
144.33p 
134.0p 
142.25p 

2005
2006
2007
2008
2009

A summary of the movements in options issued under the share option plans is as follows: 

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Exercised during the year 
Lapsed during the year 
Outstanding at end of year 
Exercisable at end of year 

2010 

Weighted 
average 
option price 

137.98p 
134.28p 
139.12p 
139.90p 
143.19p 

Number of 
share options

8,388,631
(932,179)
(679,757)
6,776,695
3,286,986

2009

Weighted 
average 
option price

136.87p
138.47p
123.63p
137.98p
140.26p

Number of 
share options

6,776,695
(2,263,360)
(379,547)
4,133,788
1,496,726

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year was 225.03p. 

The options outstanding at 3 April 2010 had exercise prices from 111.0p to 163.5p and a weighted average remaining 
contractual life of 2.6 years. 

Under the transitional provisions of IFRS 1 only the options awarded in 2004, 2005 and 2006 under the 1999 Plan have  
been recognised under IFRS 2. The fair value of these options was calculated using the Black-Scholes model using the 
following assumptions: 

Option section 
Dividend yield  
Expected volatility  
Expected life (years) 
Risk free rate (%) 
Option price (p) 
Fair value per option (p) 

2006

A
4%
25%
4
4.1%
145.67
24.70

A
4%
25%
4
4.3–4.9%
142.25–157.92
25.71-27.22

2005 

B 
4% 
25% 
6 
4.9% 
142.25 
29.25 

A
4%
25%
4
3.8%
134.00
22.18

2004

B
4%
25%
6
4.0%
134.00
25.35

The expected volatility was determined by calculating the historic volatility of the Group’s share price over the previous  
six years. 

Performance share plan 
The performance share plan was approved by shareholders on 3 August 2005 and replaced the previous share option plans 
from which no further grants will be made. 

Awards made under this Plan vest after three years on a sliding scale subject to the Group’s relative Total Shareholder Return 
against the FTSE 250 excluding financial companies, combined with an absolute Return on Total Invested Capital measure. 
Awards which do not vest on the third anniversary of their award lapse. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  93

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

Notes to the Accounts 
continued 

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

22 Share-based payments continued 
A summary of the movements in share awards granted under the performance share plan is as follows: 

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted during the year 
Vested during the year (pro-rated for ‘good leavers’) 
Lapsed during the year 
Outstanding at end of year 
Exercisable at end of year 

2010 
Number of 
shares 
awarded

3,939,960
1,640,315
(1,180,518)
(136,085)
4,263,672
–

2009 
Number of 
shares 
awarded

4,493,694
1,572,194
(933,950)
(1,191,978)
3,939,960
–

The fair value of these awards was calculated using an appropriate simulation method to reflect the likelihood of the 
market-based performance conditions, which attach to half of 

the award, being met, using the following assumptions: 

Expected volatility (%) 
Expected life (years) 
Share price on date of grant (p) 
Option price (p) 
Fair value per option (%) 
Fair value per option (p) 

2010 

27.5% 
3 
196.90 
nil 
61.8% 
121.68 

2009

25%
3
192.75
nil
56%
107.94

The expected volatility was determined by calculating the historic volatility of the Group’s share price over the previous  
three years.  

23 Acquisitions 

Non-current assets 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Deferred tax 
Total assets 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Corporation tax 
Non-current liabilities 
Provisions 
Total liabilities 
Net assets/(liabilities) of businesses acquired 

Cash consideration, including costs 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Total consideration 
Goodwill arising on current year acquisition 
Goodwill arising on prior year acquisition 
Goodwill arising on acquisitions 

Book  
value 
£000 

Fair value
 adjustments
£000

6 
111 

339 
568 
38 
– 
1,062 

(532) 
– 

– 
(532) 
530 

–
–

(153)
–
–
91
(62)

(193)
(242)

(42)
(477)
(539)

2008

19%
3
240.67
nil
55%
132.37

Total
£000

6
111

186
568
38
91
1,000

(725)
(242)

(42)
(1,009)
(9)

1,703
1,730
3,433
3,442
1,143
4,585

The goodwill in the current year arose on the acquisition of the assets and liabilities of SphereOptics LLC and its French 
subsidiary SphereOptics SARL in January 2010 for an initial cash consideration (excluding expenses) of $2,500,000.  
Their principal activity relates to the Health and Analysis sector. Solely goodwill arose from the acquisition of SphereOptics 
assembled workforce and consequently no acquired intangible assets were recognised. 

94

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23 Acquisitions continued 
This acquisition contributed £509,000 of revenue and £54,000 of loss after tax for the year ended 3 April 2010. If this acquisition 
had been held since the start of the financial year, it is estimated the Group’s reported revenue would have been £2,484,000 
higher and profit after tax £24,000 lower. 

Adjustments were made to the book value of the net assets of the company acquired to reflect its provisional fair value to the 
Group. Acquired inventories were valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value adopting Group bases and any liabilities 
for warranties relating to past trading were recognised. Other previously unrecognised assets and liabilities at acquisition were 
included and accounting policies were aligned with those of the Group where appropriate. 

The adjustment to goodwill arising on prior year acquisitions related to an additional deferred tax liability fair value adjustment 
(£228,000) on the acquisition of Fiberguide Industries, Inc and a revision to its estimated deferred purchase consideration 
(£915,000). 

The best estimates of the deferred purchase considerations for SphereOptics LLC and Fiberguide Industries, Inc are  
$2,800,000 and $1,638,000 and the minimum and maximum values payable are $nil (both) and $3,500,000 and $5,000,000 
respectively. The considerations for both acquisitions are based on profit before tax results and are payable June 2011 and 
2012, and November 2010 respectively.  

24 Notes to the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 

Reconciliation of profit from operations to net cash inflow from operating activities 
Profit on continuing operations before finance income and expense 
Profit on disposal of operations before taxation 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of computer software 
Amortisation of capitalised development costs and other intangibles 
Retirement of capitalised development costs 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
Share-based payment expense in excess of amounts paid 
Additional payments to pension plans 
Loss/(profit) on sale of property, plant and equipment and computer software 
Operating cash flows before movement in working capital 
Decrease/(increase) in inventories 
Decrease in receivables 
Increase/(decrease) in payables and provisions 
Cash generated from operations 
Taxation paid 
Net cash inflow from operating activities 

2010
£000

2009
£000

84,295
(382)
11,461
1,116
3,815
19
4,840
1,333
(6,902)
42
99,637
2,990
3,636
6,427
112,690
(12,352)
100,338

76,207
(357)
10,260
903
2,876
233
6,301
1,634
(6,224)
(14)
91,819
(1,055)
7,440
(11,779)
86,425
(20,494)
65,931

The cash outflow on page 73 of £1,676,000 (2009: £12,388,000) on the acquisition of businesses includes cash acquired of 
£38,000 (2009: £nil) and the payment of £11,000 (2009: £18,000) of deferred purchase consideration which arose from 
acquisitions made in earlier years, and where provision was made in prior years’ financial statements. 

Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net cash/(debt) 
(Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash outflow from borrowings 
Exchange adjustments 

Net debt brought forward 
Net cash/(debt) carried forward 

Analysis of cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and bank balances 
Bank overdraft 

2010
£000

2009
£000

(3,425)
58,845
4,848
60,268
(51,186)
9,082

2010
£000

31,323
(317)
31,006

2,193
3,519
(12,623)
(6,911)
(44,275)
(51,186)

2009
£000

34,987
–
34,987

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  95

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

Notes to the Accounts 
continued 

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

24 Notes to the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement continued 

Analysis of net cash/(debt) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Bank loans 

At 28 March 
2009
£000

Cash flow 
£000 

Exchange 
adjustments
£000

At 3 April
2010
£000

34,987
(86,173)
(51,186)

(3,425) 
58,845 
55,420 

(556)
5,404
4,848

31,006
(21,924)
9,082

The cash outflow from bank loans in 2010 and 2009 of £58,845,000 and £3,519,000 respectively related solely to repayment  
of borrowings.  

Included within cash and cash equivalents is an amount of £1,418,000 (2009: £893,000) which is restricted. 

25 Financial instruments 

Policy 
The Group’s treasury policies seek to minimise financial risks and to ensure sufficient liquidity for the Group’s operations and 
strategic plans. No complex derivative financial instruments are used, and no trading or speculative transactions in financial 
instruments are undertaken. Where the Group does use financial instruments these are mainly to manage the currency risks 
arising from normal operations and its financing. Operations are financed mainly through retained profits and, in certain 
geographical locations, bank borrowings. Foreign currency risk is the most significant aspect for the Group in the area of 
financial instruments. It is exposed to a lesser extent to other risks such as interest rate risk and liquidity risk. The Board 
reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks and these policies are summarised below. Other than entering 
into forward foreign exchange contracts in designated cash flow hedges, policies have remained unchanged since the 
beginning of the financial year. 

Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted (including the criteria for recognition, the basis of 
measurement and the bases of recognition income and expenses) for each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity 
instrument are disclosed in the Accounting policies note.  

Foreign currency risk 
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk as a consequence of both trading with foreign companies and owning 
subsidiaries located in foreign countries. 

The Group earns a significant proportion of its profit in currencies other than Sterling. This gives rise to translational currency 
risk, where the Sterling value of profits earned by the Group’s foreign subsidiaries fluctuates with the strength of Sterling 
relative to their operating (or ‘functional’) currencies. The Group does not hedge this risk, so its reported profit is sensitive  
to the strength of Sterling, particularly against the US Dollar and Euro. The Group also has transactional currency exposures. 
These arise on sales or purchases by operating companies in currencies other than the companies’ operating (or ‘functional’) 
currency. Significant sales and purchases are matched where possible and a proportion of the net exposure is hedged by 
means of forward foreign currency contracts. 

The Group has a significant investment in overseas operations in the USA and Europe, with further investments in Australia, 
New Zealand, Singapore, China and India. As a result, the Group’s balance sheet can be affected by movements in these 
countries’ exchange rates. Where significant and appropriate, currency denominated net assets are hedged by currency 
borrowings. These currency exposures are reviewed regularly.  

Interest rate risk 
The Group is exposed to interest rate fluctuations on its borrowings and cash deposits. Where bank borrowings are used to 
finance operations they tend to be short-term with floating interest rates. Borrowings used to provide longer term funding are 
drawn on the Group’s loan facilities and have fixed interest rates with maturities of not more than one year. 

Surplus funds are placed on short-term fixed rate deposit or in floating rate deposit accounts. 

96

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
25 Financial instruments continued 

Credit risk 
Credit risk is defined as the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to  
the Group. The Group has adopted a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties, as a means of mitigating the  
risk of financial loss from defaults. Credit ratings are supplied by independent agencies where available, and if not available,  
the Group uses other publicly available financial information and its own trading records to rate its major customers.  
The Group’s exposure and the credit ratings of its counterparties are continuously monitored and the aggregate value of 
transactions concluded is spread amongst approved counterparties. Credit exposure is controlled by counterparty limits  
that are reviewed regularly. 

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across diverse industries and geographical areas.  
Ongoing credit evaluation is performed on the financial condition of accounts receivable and, where appropriate, credit 
guarantee insurance cover is purchased.  

The carrying amount of trade, tax and other receivables, derivative financial instruments and cash of £130,699,000 (2009: 
£141,806,000) represents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk as no collateral or other credit enhancements are held. 

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high 
credit-ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies.  

Liquidity risk 
The main source of long-term funding for the Group is its unsecured revolving credit facility for £165m, which is a  
five-year facility to February 2013, with a small syndicate of its principal bankers. 

The Group has a strong cash flow and the funds generated by operating companies are managed regionally based on 
geographic location.  

Funds are placed on deposit with secure, highly-rated banks. For short-term working capital purposes, most operating 
companies utilise local bank overdrafts. These practices allow a balance to be maintained between continuity of funding, 
security and flexibility. Because of the nature of their use, the facilities are typically ‘on demand’ and as such uncommitted. 
Overdraft facilities are typically renewed annually. 

Currency exposures 
Translational exposures 
It is estimated, by reference to the Group’s US Dollar and Euro denominated profits, that a one per cent change in the value of 
the US Dollar relative to Sterling would have had a £285,000 (2009: £185,000) impact on the Group’s reported profit before tax; 
and a one per cent change in the value of the Euro relative to the Sterling would have had a £204,000 (2009: £210,000) impact on 
the Group’s profit before tax for the year ended 3 April 2010. 

Transactional exposures  
The Group has net foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities that are assets and liabilities not denominated in the 
functional currency of the underlying company. These comprise cash and overdrafts as well as certain trade receivable  
and payable balances. These foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities give rise to the net currency gains and  
losses recognised in the Consolidated income statement as a result of movement in exchange rates. The exposures are 
predominantly Euro and US Dollar. Group policy is for the majority of foreign currency exposures, including sales and 
purchases, to be hedged by forward foreign exchange contracts in the company in which the transaction is recorded.  

Interest rate risk profile 
The Group’s financial assets which are subject to interest rate fluctuations comprise interest bearing cash equivalents  
which totalled £2,344,000 at 3 April 2010 (2009: £8,100,000). These comprised Sterling denominated deposits of £1,591,000 
(2009: £6,980,000), and Euro, US Dollar and other currency deposits of £753,000 (2009: £1,120,000) which are placed on local 
money markets and earn interest at market rates. Cash balances of £28,979,000 (2009: £26,887,000) earn interest at local 
market rates. 

The financial liabilities which are subject to interest rate fluctuations comprise bank loans, bank overdrafts and certain 
unsecured loans, which totalled £22,241,000 at 3 April 2010 (2009: £86,173,000). All bear interest at floating rates or fixed  
rates where the fixed period is typically no more than three months. Interest rates are based on LIBOR plus a small margin. 
These liabilities comprise US Dollar denominated bank loans of £8,081,000 (2009: £39,182,000) which bear interest with 
reference to the US Dollar LIBOR rates, Euro denominated bank loans of £13,843,000 (2009: £46,991,000) which bear interest 
with reference to the EURIBOR rates and overdrafts of £317,000 (mainly in Euros), which bear interest at local base rates. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  97

Halma p.l.c. 

 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Notes to the Accounts 
continued 

25 Financial instruments continued 

Maturity of financial liabilities 
With the exception of the deferred purchase consideration, other payables, provisions and borrowings due after one year, all of 
the Group’s financial liabilities mature in one year or less or on demand. The total of deferred purchase consideration due after 
one year includes £946,000 (2009: £13,000) due between one and two years, with the balance of £893,000 (2009: £43,000) due 
between two and five years. Other creditors due after more than one year include £1,758,000 (2009: £1,721,000) due between 
one and two years, £279,000 (2009: £817,000) due between two and five years, with the balance of £678,000 (2009: £1,138,000) 
due after more than five years. 

Borrowing facilities 
The Group’s principal source of long-term funding is its unsecured five-year £165 million revolving credit facility, which expires 
in February 2013. 

Short-term operational funding is provided by cash generated from operations and by local bank overdrafts. These overdraft 
facilities are uncommitted and are generally renewed on an annual or ongoing basis and hence the facilities expire within  
one year or less. 

The Group’s undrawn committed facilities available at 3 April 2010 were £158,762,000 (2009: £97,009,000) of which £15,686,000 
(2009: £11,622,000) mature within one year and £143,076,000 (2009: £85,387,000) between two and five years. 

UK companies have cross-guaranteed £20,684,000 (2009: £21,023,000) of overdraft facilities of which £169,000 (2009: £242,000) 
was drawn. 

Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities 
As at 3 April 2010 and 28 March 2009 there were no significant differences between the book value and fair value (as determined 
by market value) of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities. 

Fair value and carrying amount of financial instruments 

Trade and other receivables 
Trade, other payables and provisions (falling due within one year) 
Trade, other payables and provisions (falling due after one year) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Floating rate borrowings 
Fixed rate borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments (in a designated cash flow hedge) 
Derivative financial instruments (not in a designated cash flow hedge) 

Carrying 
amount 
£000

98,077
(68,470)
(6,508)
31,323
(317)
(21,924)
(71)
(28)
32,082

2010 

Fair value 
£000 

98,077 
(68,470) 
(6,508) 
31,323 
(317) 
(21,924) 
(71) 
(28) 
32,082 

Carrying 
amount 
£000

103,544
(63,379)
(3,732)
34,987
–
(86,173)
–
–
(14,753)

2009

Fair value
£000

103,544
(63,379)
(3,732)
34,987
–
(86,173)
–
–
(14,753)

The fair value of the floating and fixed rate borrowings approximate to the carrying value because interest rates are reset to 
market rates at intervals of less than one year.  

The fair value of the derivative financial instruments is estimated by discounting the future contracted cash flow, using readily 
available market data and represents a level 2 measurement in the fair value hierarchy under IFRS 7. 

98

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
25 Financial instruments continued 

Hedging 
As explained previously, the Group’s policy is to hedge significant sales and purchases denominated in foreign currency using 
forward currency contracts. These instruments are initially recognised at fair value, which is typically £nil, and subsequent 
changes in fair value are taken to the Consolidated income statement, unless hedge accounted. 

The following table details the forward foreign currency contracts outstanding as at the year end, which all mature within one 
year and therefore the cash flows and resulting effect on profit and loss are expected to occur within the next 12 months: 

Average exchange rate/£

Foreign currency

Contract value 

Fair value

2010

2009

2010
000

2009
000

2010 
£000 

2009 
£000 

2010
£000

2009
£000

Forward contracts not in a 
designated cash flow hedge 
US Dollars 
Euros 
Other currencies 

Forward contracts in a  
designated cash flow hedge 
US Dollars 
Euros 
Czech Koruna 
Other currencies 

Total forward contracts 
US Dollars 
Euros 
Czech Koruna 
Other currencies 

1.55
1.13
–

1.43
1.10
–

2,342
4,653
–

5,131
9,422
–

1.64
1.14
29.93
–

1.60
1.14
29.93
–

–
–
–
–

4,322
11,288
(70,815)
–

–
–
–
–

1.43
1.10
–
–

6,664
15,940
(70,815)
–

5,131
9,422
–
–

1,516 
4,116 
233 
5,865 

3,578 
8,535 
1,957 
14,070 

2,643 
9,913 
(2,366) 
(1,415) 
8,775 

4,159 
14,029 
(2,366) 
(1,182) 
14,640 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

3,578 
8,535 
– 
1,957 
14,070 

Amounts recognised in the Consolidated income statement 
Amounts recognised in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income and expenditure 

(17)
(2)
(9)
(28)

(186)
(89)
121
83
(71)

(203)
(91)
121
74
(99)

(52)
(47)
(99)

(11)
(189)
(69)
(269)

–
–
–
–
–

(11)
(189)
–
(69)
(269)

(269)
–
(269)

In 2009, the fair values of the contracts were not separately disclosed and any movement was charged/(credited) to 
Administrative expenses. The fair values of the forward contracts are disclosed as a £232,000 asset and £331,000 liability in the 
Consolidated balance sheet. 

In 2010, the Group commenced entering into forward exchange contracts to hedge forecast transactions. The fair values of the 
contracts are now separately disclosed and any movements recognised in equity until the hedge transaction occurs, when 
gains/losses are recycled to finance income or finance expense.  

Analysis of movement in hedging reserves 
At beginning of year 
Amounts recognised in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income and expenditure 
At end of year 

2010
£000

–
(47)
(47)

2009
£000

–
–
–

There was no ineffectiveness arising with regards to forward contracts in a designated cash flow hedge.  

With the exception of currency exposures, the disclosures in this note exclude short-term receivables and payables. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  99

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Notes to the Accounts 
continued 

25 Financial instruments continued 

Market risk 
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Group enters 
into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign currency risk, including: 
−  forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the exchange rate risk arising on the export of goods to and from the USA, 

mainland Europe and the UK; and 

−  foreign exchange loans to hedge the exchange rate risk arising on translation of the Group’s investment in foreign operations 

which have the Euro and US Dollar as their functional currencies. 

Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis as described below.  

There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or in the manner in which these risks are managed  
and measured.  

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis 
The Group is mainly exposed to the currency of the USA (US Dollar currency) and the currency of Mainland Europe  
(Euro currency).  

The carrying amount of the Group’s Euro and US Dollar denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the reporting 
date are as follows: 

Euro 
US Dollar 

2010
£000

62,463
82,589

Assets 

2009 
£000 

70,018 
87,965 

2010
£000

13,601
16,973

Liabilities

2009
£000

14,398
19,450

If Sterling increased by 10% against the US Dollar and the Euro, profits before taxation and other equity would decrease  
as follows: 

Profit 
Other equity 

2010
£000

2,620
6,951

US Dollar 

2009 
£000 

1,696 
7,245 

2010
£000

1,871
13,706

Euro

2009
£000

1,930
13,616

The profit sensitivity arises mainly from the translation of overseas profits earned during the year. 10% is the sensitivity rate 
which management assesses to be a reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates. The Group’s profit sensitivity has 
increased significantly against the US Dollar because more of the Group’s profits are earned in this currency.  

26 Commitments 

Capital commitments 
Capital expenditure authorised and contracted at 3 April 2010 but not provided in these accounts amounts to £740,000 (2009: 
£1,841,000). 

Commitments under operating leases 
The Group has entered into commercial leases on properties and other equipment. The former expire between April 2010 and 
November 2028 and the latter between April 2010 and November 2014. Only certain property agreements contain an option for 
renewal at rental prices based on market prices at the time of exercise. 

Total payments under non-cancellable operating leases will be made as follows: 

Within one year 
Within two to five years 
After five years 

Land and buildings 

2010
£000

5,303
10,535
3,025
18,863

2009 
£000 

5,160 
12,367 
4,354 
21,881 

2010
£000

459
675
–
1,134

Other

2009
£000

520
766
–
1,286

100

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
27 Retirement benefits 
Group companies operate both defined benefit and defined contribution pension schemes. The Halma Group Pension Plan and 
the Apollo Pension and Life Assurance Plan have defined benefit sections with assets held in separate trustee administered 
funds. Both of these sections were closed to new entrants during 2002/03 and a defined contribution section was established 
within the Halma Group Pension Plan. Defined contribution schemes are mainly adopted in overseas subsidiaries. 

Defined contribution schemes 
The amount charged to the Consolidated income statement in respect of defined contribution schemes was £2,433,000 (2009: 
£2,388,000) and represents contributions payable to these schemes by the Group at rates specified in the rules of the plans.  
The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the Group in funds under the control of trustees. Where there are 
employees who leave the schemes prior to vesting fully in the contributions, the ancillary contributions payable by the Group 
are reduced by the amount of forfeited contributions. 

Defined benefit schemes 
The Group operates defined benefit schemes for qualifying employees of its UK subsidiaries. Under the schemes, the 
employees are entitled to retirement benefits of up to two-thirds of final pensionable salary on attainment of a retirement age 
of 60, for members of the Executive Board, and 65, for all other qualifying employees. No other post-retirement benefits are 
provided. The schemes are funded schemes. 

The most recent actuarial valuation of the Halma Group Pension Plan assets and the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation was carried out at 1 December 2008 by Mr Adrian Gibbons, Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries. The present value of 
the defined benefit obligation, the related current service cost and past service cost were measured using the projected unit 
credit method. Mr Gibbons also carried out the 1 April 2009 actuarial valuation of the Apollo Pension and Life Assurance Plan 
on the same basis. 

The projected unit credit method is an accrued benefits valuation method in which the scheme liabilities make allowance for 
projected earnings. The accumulated benefit obligation (ABO) is an actuarial measure of the present value for service already 
rendered but differs from the projected unit credit method in that it includes no assumptions for future salary increases. At the 
balance sheet date the gross accumulated benefit obligation was £171 million.  

An alternative method of valuation is a solvency basis, often estimated using the cost of buying out benefits at the balance sheet 
date with a suitable insurance company. This amount represents the amount that would be required to settle the scheme 
liabilities at the balance sheet date rather than the Group continuing to fund the on-going liabilities of the scheme. The Group 
estimates that this would amount to £240 million. 

Key assumptions used: 
Discount rate 
Expected return on scheme assets 
Expected rate of salary increases 
Future pension increases 
Inflation 

2010 

2009

2008

5.60% 
7.00% 
4.50% 
3.40% 
3.50% 

6.40%
6.80%
4.45%
3.20%
3.20%

5.85%
7.01%
4.75%
3.50%
3.50%

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  101

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Notes to the Accounts 
continued 

27 Retirement benefits continued 

Mortality assumptions: 
Investigations have been carried out within the past three years into the mortality experience of the Group's defined benefit 
schemes. These investigations concluded that the current mortality assumptions include sufficient allowance for future 
improvements in mortality rates. The assumed life expectations on retirement at age 65 are: 

Retiring today: 
  Males 
  Females 
Retiring in 20 years: 
  Males 
  Females 

2010 
years 

21.9 
24.7 

23.8 
26.6 

2009
years

22.0
24.9

23.1
25.9

2008
years

22.0
24.8

23.1
25.9

The Halma Group Pension Plan baseline mortality assumption is derived from the SN03 tables less one year (2009 and 2008:  
PA92 medium cohort). 

The Apollo Pension and Life Assurance Plan baseline mortality assumption is derived from the PA92 medium cohort tables 
plus one year (2009 and 2008: PA92 medium cohort tables plus one year). 

The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the scheme liabilities are set out below: 

Assumption 
Discount rate   
Rate of inflation 
Rate of salary growth 
Rate of mortality 

Change in assumption 
Increase/decrease by 0.5% 
Increase/decrease by 0.5% 
Increase/decrease by 0.5% 
Increase by 1 year   

Impact on scheme liabilities 
Decrease/increase by 10.8 % 
Increase/decrease by 7.0 % 
Increase/decrease by 2.6 % 
Increase by 2.3% 

Amounts recognised in income in respect of these defined benefit schemes are as follows: 

Current service cost 
Interest cost 
Expected return on scheme assets 

2010
£000

2,203
8,375
(6,377)
4,201

2009
£000

2,731
8,521
(7,762)
3,490

Actuarial gains and losses have been reported in Comprehensive Income and Expenditure. 

The actual return on scheme assets was £32.9 million (2009: £25.9 million). 

The cumulative amount of actuarial losses recognised in the other comprehensive income since the date of transition to IFRSs 
is £23 million (2009: £18 million). 

The amount included in the balance sheet arising from the Group’s obligations in respect of its defined benefit retirement 
benefit schemes is as follows: 

Present value of defined benefit obligations 
Fair value of scheme assets 
Deficit in scheme 
Past service cost not yet recognised in balance sheet 
Liability recognised in the balance sheet 

2010 
£000 

(170,901) 
127,830 
(43,071) 
– 
(43,071) 

2009
£000

(132,379)
89,811
(42,568)
–
(42,568)

2008
£000

(145,992)
110,035
(35,957)
–
(35,957)

102

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27 Retirement benefits continued 

Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations were as follows: 

At beginning of year  
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Actuarial gains and losses 
Contributions from scheme members 
Benefits paid 
Expenses paid 
Premiums paid 
At end of year 

Movements in the fair value of scheme assets were as follows: 

At beginning of year  
Expected return on scheme assets 
Actuarial gains and losses 
Movement on section 75 receivable 
Contributions from the sponsoring companies 
Contributions from scheme members 
Benefits paid 
Expenses paid 
Premiums paid 
At end of year 

2010
£000

(132,379)
(2,203)
(8,375)
(31,952)
(1,094)
4,766
180
156
(170,901)

2010
£000

89,811
6,377
27,308
(763)
9,105
1,094
(4,766)
(180)
(156)
127,830

2009
£000

(145,992)
(2,731)
(8,521)
21,586
(1,212)
4,092
102
297
(132,379)

2009
£000

110,035
7,762
(32,678)
(984)
8,955
1,212
(4,092)
(102)
(297)
89,811

The analysis of the scheme assets and the expected rate of return at the balance sheet date was as follows: 

Equity instruments 
Debt instruments 
Property 

2010
%

7.80
5.20
6.30
7.00

Expected return

Fair value of assets

2009
%

7.50
6.00
7.50
6.80

2008
%

7.50
5.85
6.00
7.01

2010 
£000 

83,641 
33,604 
10,585 
127,830 

2009
£000

57,407
28,880
3,524
89,811

2008
£000

76,753
29,742
3,540
110,035

The overall expected rate of return is a weighted average. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  103

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

Notes to the Accounts 
continued 

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

27 Retirement benefits continued 
In conjunction with the trustees, the Group has recently conducted an asset-liability review for its defined benefit pension 
scheme. The results of this review are used to assist the trustees and the Group to determine the optimal long-term asset 
allocation with regard to the structure of the liabilities of the scheme. They are also used to assist the trustees in managing the 
volatility in the underlying investment performance and risk of a significant increase in the defined benefit deficit by providing 
information used to determine the scheme’s investment strategy.  

As a consequence, the Group will be giving more emphasis to a closer return matching of scheme assets and liabilities,  
both to ensure the long-term security of our defined benefit commitment and to reduce earnings and balance sheet volatility. 

The five-year history of experience adjustments was as follows. 

Present value of defined benefit obligations 
Fair value of scheme assets 
Deficit in the scheme 
Experience adjustments on scheme liabilities 
Amount 
Percentage of scheme liabilities  
Experience adjustments on scheme assets 
Amount  
Percentage of scheme assets 

2010
£000

(170,901)
127,830
(43,071)

(136)
–

2009
£000

(132,379)
89,811
(42,568)

2008 
£000 

(145,992) 
110,035 
(35,957) 

2007
£000

(145,601)
108,341
(37,260)

2006
£000

(141,580)
95,561
(46,019)

–
–

273 
– 

27,648
22%

(33,696)
(37)%

12,327 
11% 

536
–

1,321
1%

52
–

11,271
12%

The estimated amounts of contributions expected to be paid to the schemes during the year ending 2 April 2011 is £8.8 million. 

The levels of contributions are based on the current service cost and the expected future cash flows of the defined benefit 
scheme. The Group estimates the scheme liabilities on average to fall due over 22 years.  

28 Disposal of businesses 
In 2010 the Group disposed of part of its Asset Monitoring business for £520,000 with a profit on disposal of £407,000. There was 
an additional write down on a prior year disposal of £25,000.  

During 2009, the Group disposed of two operations: the assets of the South Africa-based portion of Texecom Limited and the 
high-power resistors business of Fortress Systems Pty Limited, Australia. Total consideration for the disposed businesses  
was £2,652,000 comprising assets with a value of £1,951,000. After costs and recycling of foreign exchange losses from 
reserves to the Consolidated income statement, the profit on disposal was £357,000.  

Due to the nature and size of these disposed operations, they have not been separately disclosed as discontinued operations  
as defined by IFRS 5.  

104

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditors’ Report to 
the Members of Halma p.l.c. 

We have audited the parent company financial statements of Halma p.l.c. for the 53 week period ended 3 April 2010 which 
comprise the Parent Company Balance Sheet and the related notes C1 to C12. The financial reporting framework that has been 
applied in their preparation is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice). 

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required  
to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Respective responsibilities of Directors and Auditors 
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
parent company financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit  
the parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and 
Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s (APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors. 

Scope of the audit of the Financial Statements 
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable 
assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes 
an assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the parent company’s circumstances and have been 
consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; 
and the overall presentation of the financial statements. 

Opinion on Financial Statements 
In our opinion the parent company financial statements: 
−  give a true and fair view of the state of the parent company’s affairs as at 3 April 2010; 
−  have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and 
−  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion: 
−  the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 

Act 2006; and 

−  the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is 

consistent with the parent company financial statements. 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in 
our opinion: 
−  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or 

−  the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in 

agreement with the accounting records and returns; or 

−  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 
−  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 

Other matter 
We have reported separately on the Group financial statements of Halma p.l.c. for the 53 week period ended 3 April 2010. 

Mark Mullins (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors  
Reading, UK 
22 June 2010 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included  
on the Company's website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
information differs from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  105

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
Company Balance Sheet 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Fixed assets 
Tangible assets 
Investments 

Current assets 
Debtors (amounts falling due within one year) 
Debtors (amounts falling due after more than one year) 
Short-term deposits 
Cash at bank and in hand 

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 
Borrowings 
Creditors 
Current tax payable 

Net current assets 
Total assets less current liabilities 
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year 
Borrowings 
Creditors 
Net assets 
Capital and reserves 
Share capital 
Share premium account 
Treasury shares 
Capital redemption reserve 
Other reserves 
Profit and loss account 
Shareholders’ funds 

3 April 
2010
£000

28 March 
2009
£000

Notes 

C3 
C4 

C5 
C5 

C6 
C7 

C6 
C8 

C10 
C11 
C11 
C11 
C11 
C11 
C12 

2,128
90,191
92,319

23,087
140,605
1,591
12
165,295

2,334
25,494
3,338
31,166
134,129
226,448

21,924
26,538
177,986

37,765
20,959
(2,581)
185
1,061
120,597
177,986

2,086
120,317
122,403

31,109
106,630
7,924
208
145,871

6,019
13,190
1,736
20,945
124,926
247,329

79,613
33,479
134,237

37,539
18,146
(2,759)
185
2,000
79,126
134,237

The financial statements of Halma p.l.c., company number 40932, were approved by the Board of Directors on 22 June 2010. 

A J Williams 
Director 

K J Thompson 
Director 

106

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Accounts 

C1 Accounting Policies 

Basis of accounting 
The separate Company financial statements are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006 and have been prepared on 
the historical cost basis and comply with applicable United Kingdom Accounting Standards and law. The principal Company 
accounting policies have been applied consistently throughout the current and preceding years and are described below. 

Foreign currencies 
Transactions in foreign currency are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are reported at the rates prevailing at that date. 
Any gain or loss arising from subsequent exchange 
and loss account. 

rate movements is included as an exchange gain or loss in the profit 

Share-based payments 
The Company has adopted FRS 20 and the accounting policies followed are in all material respects the same as the Group’s 
policy under IFRS 2. This policy is shown on page 78. 

Investments 
Investments are stated at cost less provision for impairment. 

Fixed assets and depreciation 
Fixed assets are stated at cost less provisions for impairment and depreciation which, with the exception of freehold land which 
is not depreciated, is provided on all fixed assets on the straight-line method, each item being written off over its estimated life. 
The principal annual rates used for this purpose are: 

Freehold property 
Plant, equipment and vehicles 

2% 
8% to 20% 

Leases 
The costs of operating leases of property and other assets are charged as incurred. 

Pensions 
The Company makes contributions to defined contribution pension plans, which are charged against profits when they become 
payable. The Company also participates in a Group-wide defined benefit pension plan. This plan is operated on a basis that does 
not enable individual companies to identify their share of the underlying assets and liabilities, and in accordance with Financial 
Reporting Standard 17 the Company accounts for its contributions to the plan as if it was a defined contribution plan. 

Taxation 
Taxation comprises current and deferred tax. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable, on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted, or substantially enacted,  
at the balance sheet date, and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of previous years. 

The Company provides for tax deferred because of timing differences between profits as computed for taxation purposes and 
profits as stated in the accounts, on an undiscounted basis. Deferred tax is measured at the average tax rates that are expected 
to apply in the periods in which the timing differences are expected to reverse, based on tax rates and laws that have been 
enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are only recognised if recovery is considered 
more likely than not on the basis of all available evidence. 

Bank borrowings 
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Finance charges, 
including direct issue costs, are accounted for on an accruals basis in profit or loss and are added to the carrying amount of the 
instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the period in which they arise. 

C2 Result for the year 
As permitted by Section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006, the Profit and Loss Account of Halma p.l.c. is not presented as part 
of these accounts. The Company has reported a profit after taxation of £71,570,000 (2009: loss of £1,733,000). 

Auditors’ remuneration for audit services to the Company was £98,000 (2009: £88,000). 

Total employee costs (including Directors) were: 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs 

2010
£000

3,102
386
423
3,911

2009
£000

3,097
531
386
4,014

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  107

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

Notes to the Company Accounts 
continued 

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

C2 Result for the year continued 

Number of employees 

2010
Number

41

2009
Number

42

Details of Directors’ remuneration are set out on pages 57 to 64 within the Remuneration Report and form part of these  
financial statements. 

C3 Fixed assets – tangible assets 

Cost 
At 28 March 2009 
Additions at cost 
Disposals 
At 3 April 2010 
Accumulated depreciation 
At 28 March 2009 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 
At 3 April 2010 
Carrying amounts 
At 3 April 2010 
At 28 March 2009 

C4 Investments 
Shares in Group companies 

At cost less amounts written off at beginning of year 
Reduction 
At cost less amounts written off at end of year 

Freehold 
properties  
£000 

Plant 
equipment 
and vehicles
£000

1,780 
– 
– 
1,780 

356 
20 
– 
376 

1,404 
1,424 

1,866
344
(489)
1,721

1,204
256
(463)
997

724
662

Total
£000

3,646
344
(489)
3,501

1,560
276
(463)
1,373

2,128
2,086

2010 
£000

120,317
(30 ,126)
90,191

2009 
£000

121,332
(1,015)
120,317

The reduction in the current year related to write down of investments in non-trading subsidiary companies after one 
company’s reserves were distributed as dividends to Halma p.l.c. and three other companies’ trade, assets and liabilities were 
transferred to fellow subsidiary companies. The reduction in the prior year related to downward revisions in the estimates of 
deferred purchase consideration payable in respect of acquisitions made in prior years. 

Details of principal subsidiary companies are set out on pages 114 and 115. All these subsidiaries are wholly owned 
subsidiaries of Halma p.l.c. and are incorporated in Great Britain, other than those listed below, where they principally operate. 
All of the companies’ interests below are held by subsidiary companies. 

108

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
C4 Investments continued 

Name of company 

Fortress Interlocks Pty Limited 
Hydreka S.A.S. 
SERV Trayvou Interverrouillage S.A.S. 
Apollo Gesellschaft für Meldetechnologie mbH 
Rudolf Riester GmbH  
Berson Milieutechniek B.V. 
Netherlocks Safety Systems B.V. 
Bureau D’Electronique Appliquée S.A. 
TL Jones Limited 
E-Motive Display Pte Limited 
Halma Holdings Inc. 
Air Products and Controls Inc. 
Aquionics Inc. 
B.E.A. Inc. 
Bio-Chem Fluidics Inc. 
Diba Industries, Inc. 
Fiberguide Industries Inc. 
Janus Elevator Products Inc. 
Labsphere, Inc. 
Ocean Optics, Inc. 
Oklahoma Safety Equipment Co. Inc. 
Perma Pure LLC 
SphereOptics Inc. 
Volk Optical Inc. 

C5 Debtors 

Amounts falling due within one year: 
Amounts due from Group companies 
Other debtors 
Prepayments and accrued income 
Deferred tax asset (note C9) 

Amounts falling due after more than one year: 
Amounts due from Group companies 

Country of incorporation

Australia
France
France
Germany
Germany
The Netherlands
The Netherlands
Belgium
New Zealand
Singapore
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA

2010 
£000

2009 
£000

20,284
11
1,987
805
23,087

28,819
18
1,795
477
31,109

140,605

106,630

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  109

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

Notes to the Company Accounts 
continued 

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

C6 Borrowings 

Falling due within one year: 
Overdrafts 
Falling due after more than one year: 
Unsecured bank loans 
Total borrowings 

2010 
£000

2009 
£000

2,334

6,019

21,924
24,258

79,613
85,632

The facility under which the bank loans are drawn expires within two to five years (2009: within two to five years) and at 3 April 
2010 £143,076,000 (2009: £85,387,000) remained committed and undrawn. 

The bank overdrafts, which are unsecured, at 3 April 2010 and 28 March 2009 were drawn on uncommitted facilities which all 
expire within one year, and were held pursuant to a Group pooling arrangement which offsets them against credit balances in 
subsidiary undertakings. 

The Company is part of an arrangement between UK subsidiaries whereby overdraft facilities of £20,684,000 (2009: £21,023,000) 
are cross-guaranteed. Of these facilities £169,000 (2009: £242,000) was drawn.  

C7 Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Trade creditors 
Amounts owing to Group companies 
Other taxation and social security 
Other creditors 
Accruals and deferred income 

C8 Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year 

Amounts owing to Group companies 
Other creditors 

These liabilities fall due as follows: 
Within one to two years 
Within two to five years 
After more than five years 

C9 Deferred tax 

Movement in deferred tax asset: 
At beginning of year 
Credit to profit and loss account 
Credit to reserves 
At end of year (note C5) 

Deferred tax comprises short-term timing differences. 

2010 
£000

1,075
21,151
1,308
694
1,266
25,494

2010 
£000

26,158
380
26,538

309
71
26,158

2010 
£000

477
33
295
805

2009 
£000

784
8,498
977
1,550
1,381
13,190

2009 
£000

33,094
385
33,479

385
–
33,094

2009 
£000

(370)
651
196
477

110

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C10 Share capital 

Ordinary shares of 10p each 

Authorised 

Issued and fully paid

2010 
£000

2009  
£000 

2010 
£000

2009 
£000

43,656

43,656 

37,765

37,539

The number of ordinary shares in issue at 3 April 2010 was 377,654,037 (2009: 375,390,677), including treasury shares of 
1,130,036 (2009: 1,274,108). Changes during the year in the issued ordinary share capital were as follows: 

At 28 March 2009 
Share options exercised 
At 3 April 2010 

Issued and 
fully paid 
£000

37,539
226
37,765

The total consideration received in cash in respect of share options exercised amounted to £3,039,000 (2009: £1,290,000). At the 
date of these accounts, the number of ordinary shares in issue was 377,721,994 (2009: 375,413,293), including treasury shares 
of 1,523,217 (2009: 1,438,837). Details of share options in issue on the Company’s share capital and share-based payments are 
included in note 22 to the Group accounts. 

C11 Reserves 

At 28 March 2009 
Profit transferred to reserves 
Dividends paid 
Issue of shares 
Movement in other reserves 
Net movement in treasury shares 
Deferred tax to equity 
At 3 April 2010 

Non-distributable

Distributable

Share 
premium 
account 
£000

18,146
–
–
2,813
–
–
–
20,959

Treasury 
shares 
£000

(2,759)
–
–
–
–
178
–
(2,581)

Capital  
redemption  
reserve  
£000 

185 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
185 

Other 
reserves 
£000

2,000
–
–
–
(939)
–
–
1,061

Total profit 
and loss 
account 
£000

79,126
71,570
(30,394)
–
–
–
295
120,597

The capital redemption reserve was created on repurchase and cancellation of the Company’s own shares. The other reserves 
represent the provision being established in respect of the value of equity-settled share option plans and performance share 
plan awards made by the Company. Treasury shares are the Company’s own shares purchased and held to fulfil its obligations 
under the performance share plan. 

C12 Reconciliation of movement in shareholders’ funds 

At beginning of year 
Profit/(loss) after taxation 
Dividends paid 
Exchange adjustments 
Issue of shares 
Net movement in treasury shares 
Movement in other reserves 
Deferred tax to equity 
At end of year 

2010 
£000

134,237
71,570
(30,394)
–
3,039
178
(939)
295
77,986

1

2009 
£000

158,012
(1,733)
(28,785)
5,307
1,290
533
(583)
196
134,237

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  111

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
 
Summary 2001 to 2010 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Revenue (note 2) 
Overseas sales (note 2) 
Profit before taxation, acquired intangibles amortisation and goodwill written off (note 3) 
Net tangible assets/capital employed 
Borrowings 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Employees (note 2) 
Earnings per ordinary share (note 2) 
Adjusted earnings per ordinary share (note 3)  
Year on year increase/(decrease) in adjusted earnings per ordinary share 
Return on sales (notes 2 and 4) 
Return on capital employed (note 5) 
Year on year increase in dividends per ordinary share (paid and proposed) 
Ordinary share price at financial year end  
Market capitalisation at financial year end 

Notes: 

UK GAAP 
2000/01  
£000 

UK GAAP 
2001/02 
£000

268,322 
181,831 
49,698 
99,991 
7,758 
21,484 
3,059 
8.91p 
9.34p 
11.1% 
18.5% 
48.4% 
15% 
129p 
£465.7m 

267,597
183,259
48,255
117,515
15,047
45,657
2,859
8.58p
9.10p
(2.6%)
18.0%
45.7%
15%
164p
£598.2m

1. The amounts disclosed for periods up to and including 2003/04 are stated on the basis of UK GAAP, as it is not practicable to restate amounts prior to the date  

of transition to IFRS. 

2. Continuing and discontinued operations. 

3. Adjusted to remove amortisation of goodwill and acquired intangible assets. IFRS figures include results of discontinued operations up to the date of their sales  

or closure but exclude profit on sale or closure. 

4. Return on sales is defined as profit before taxation, goodwill/acquired intangible asset amortisation and exceptional items expressed as a percentage of revenue. 

5. Return on capital employed is defined in note 3 to the accounts. 

112

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
UK GAAP 
2002/03  
£000 

267,293 
188,161 
46,508 
86,854 
27,667 
27,574 
2,793 
7.76p 
8.55p 
(6.0%) 
17.4% 
41.7% 
10% 
114p 
£416.7m 

UK GAAP 
2003/04  
£000 

292,640 
206,102 
50,284 
95,935 
26,934 
48,482 
2,925 
6.09p 
9.44p 
10.4% 
17.2% 
50.5% 
7% 
149p 
£546.5m 

UK GAAP 
2004/05 
£000

299,119
218,745
50,389
80,750
33,344
45,348
3,002
7.97p
9.42p
(0.2%)
16.8%
52.1%
5%
161p
£593.8m

IFRS 
2004/05 
£000

IFRS 
2005/06 
£000

IFRS 
2006/07 
£000

IFRS  
2007/08  
£000 

IFRS 
2008/09 
£000

299,119
218,745
49,912
104,417
33,344
45,348
3,002
9.38p
9.45p
N/A
16.7%
48.8%
5%
161p
£593.8m

337,348
249,055
59,641
105,396
32,308
35,826
3,187
11.08p
11.27p
19.3%
17.7%
56.9%
5%
188p
£693.4m

354,606
258,050
66,091
113,048
29,762
22,051
3,326
11.86p
12.42p
10.9%
18.6%
60.1 %
5%
220p
£821.8m

397,955 
288,701 
73,215 
134,320 
72,393 
28,118 
3,683 
13.49p 
13.86p 
11.5% 
18.4% 
55.8% 
5% 
192p 
£717.7m 

455,928
351,522
79,087
173,128
86,173
34,987
4,018
14.07p
15.30p
10.4%
17.3%
47.7%
5%
156p
£583.7m

IFRS 
2009/10 
£000

459,118
360,779
86,214
145,519
21,924
31,006
3,689
16.10p
16.89p
10.4%
18.8%
61.3%
7%
259p
£978.1m

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  113

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Halma Group Directory 

Principal operating companies 

Main products 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Infrastructure Sensors 
Duct detectors and control relays for smoke control systems 
Air Products and Controls Inc. 
Apollo Fire Detectors Limited 
Smoke and heat detectors, sounders, beacons and interfaces 
Apollo Gesellschaft für Meldetechnologie mbH  Smoke and heat detectors, sounders, beacons and interfaces 
Bureau D’Electronique Appliquée S.A. 
Fire Fighting Enterprises Limited 
Janus Elevator Products Inc. 

Memco Limited 

Texecom Limited 
TL Jones Asia Pacific Limited 

Health and Analysis 
Aquionics Inc. 
Berson Milieutechniek B.V. 

Bio-Chem Fluidics Inc. 

Diba Industries, Inc. 

Fiberguide Industries, Inc. 
Hanovia Limited 

HWM-Water Limited 

Hydreka S.A.S. 

Keeler Limited 
Labsphere, Inc. 

Ocean Optics, Inc. 

Ocean Thin Films, Inc. 

Palintest Limited 
Perma Pure LLC 
Rudolf Riester GmbH 

Volk Optical Inc. 
Volumatic Limited 
Industrial Safety 
Castell Safety International Limited  
Crowcon Detection Instruments Limited 
Elfab Limited 

Sensors for automatic doors 
Beam smoke detectors and specialist fire extinguishing systems 
Elevator safety components including fixtures, displays, door systems and 
emergency communications 
Infrared safety systems for elevator doors and elevator emergency 
communications 
Security sensor and signalling products 
Elevator infrared safety systems, emergency communications and electronic 
information displays for passengers 

Ultraviolet light equipment for water treatment 
Ultraviolet light equipment for treating drinking water, waste water and water 
reuse applications 
Miniature valves, micro pumps and fluid components for medical, life science 
and scientific instruments 
Specialised components and complete fluid transfer subassemblies for 
medical, life science and scientific instruments 
Optical fibre cables and assemblies 
Ultraviolet light equipment for treating water used in the manufacture of 
food, drinks, pharmaceuticals and electronic components 
Instrumentation for recording data, and quantifying, detecting and controlling 
leakage in underground water pipelines 
Equipment and software for flow analysis of water and sewerage systems 
and leak detection systems 
Ophthalmic instruments for diagnostic assessment of eye conditions 
Light testing and measurement products and specialised optical coatings 

Miniature fibre optic spectrometers for consumer electronics, process 
control, environmental monitoring, life sciences and medical diagnostics 
Dichroic optical filters and precision optics for scientific, defence, metrology 
and entertainment applications 
Instruments for analysing water and measuring environmental pollution 
Gas dryers and humidifiers for fuel cell, medical, scientific and industrial use
Diagnostic medical devices for ophthalmology, blood pressure measurement 
and ear, nose and throat diagnostics 
Ophthalmic equipment and lenses as aids to diagnosis and surgery 
Cash handling and security from point of sale to cash centre 

Safety systems for controlling hazardous industrial processes 
Gas detection instruments for personnel and plant safety 
Pressure sensitive relief devices to protect process plant 

Fortress Interlocks Limited 

Safety systems for controlling access to dangerous machines 

Netherlocks Safety Systems B.V. 

Process safety systems for petrochemical and industrial applications 

Oklahoma Safety Equipment Co. Inc. 
Radio-Tech Limited 

SERV Trayvou Interverrouillage S.A.S. 
Smith Flow Control Limited 

Tritech International Limited 

Group 
Halma Holdings Inc. 

Pressure sensitive relief devices to protect process plant 
Wireless radio technology for smart meters, intelligent street lighting, 
legionella monitoring and rail temperature monitoring 
Safety systems for controlling access to dangerous machines 
Process safety systems for petrochemical and industrial applications 

Equipment for underwater surveying, condition monitoring, ROV piloting, 
infrastructure maintenance, construction and security 

Halma Group North American Head Office 

Halma International Limited  
Shanghai Representative Office 
Halma Trading and Services India Pvt Ltd 

Halma China hub 

Halma India hub 

114

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Location 

Contact 

Telephone 

E-mail 

Website 

  Pontiac, Michigan 
  Havant, Hampshire 
  Gütersloh, Germany 
  Liège, Belgium 
  Hitchin, Hertfordshire 
  Hauppauge, New York  Mike Byrne 

Peter Stouffer 
Danny Burns 
Falk Blödorn 
Philippe Felten 
Ian Steel 

+1 (1)248 332 3900 
+44 (0)2392 492412 
+49 (0)5241 33060 
+32 (0)4361 6565 
+44 (0)1462 444740 
+1 (1)631 864 3699 

  Maidenhead, Berkshire 

Paul Simmons 

+44 (0)1628 770734 

www.ap-c.com 

info@ap-c.com 
enquiries@apollo-fire.co.uk  www.apollo-fire.co.uk 
www.apollo-feuer.de 
info@apollo-feuer.de 
www.bea.be 
info@bea.be 
www.ffeuk.com 
sales@ffeuk.com 
www.januselevator.com
sales@januselevator.  
com 
sales@memco.co.uk 

www.memco.co.uk 

  Haslingden, Lancashire  Jim Ludwig 
  Singapore 

Chris Stoelhorst 

+44 (0)1706 220460 
+65 6776 4111 

sales@texe.com 
info@tljones.com 

www.texe.com 
www.tljones.com 

  Erlanger, Kentucky 
  Eindhoven, The 
Netherlands 

Bill Decker 
Paul Buijs 

+1 (1)859 341 0710 
+31 (0)40 290 7777 

sales@aquionics.com 
info@bersonuv.com 

www.aquionics.com 
www.bersonuv.com 

  Boonton, New Jersey 

George Gaydos 

+1 (1)973 263 3001 

  Danbury, Connecticut 

Todd Burt 

+1(1)203 744 0773 

sales.us@biochem 
fluidics.com 
salesdept@dibaind.com 

www.biochemfluidics. 
com 
www.dibaind.com 

  Stirling, New Jersey 
  Slough, Berkshire 

Jack Kelly 
John Ryan 

+1(1) 908 647 6601 
+44 (0)1753 515300 

info@fiberguide.com 
sales@hanovia.com 

www.fiberguide.com 
www.hanovia.com 

  Cwmbran, South Wales 

Rob Fish 

+44 (0)1633 489 479 

sales@hwm-water.com 

www.hwm-water.com 

  Lyon, France 

Alain Soulié 

+33 (0)4 72 53 11 53 

hydreka@hydreka.fr 

www.hydreka.com 

  Windsor, Berkshire 
  North Sutton,  

New Hampshire 
  Dunedin, Florida 

Abbas Sotoudeh 
Kevin Chittim  

+44 (0)1753 857177 
+1 (1)603 927 4266 

Rob Randelman 

+1(1)727 733 2447 

  Largo, Florida 

Phil Buchsbaum 

+1 (1)727 545 0741 

  Gateshead, Tyne & Wear  David Sidlow 
  Toms River, New Jersey  Richard Curran 
Gerhard Glufke 
  Jungingen, Germany 

+44 (0)191 491 0808 
+1 (1)732 244 0010 
+49 (0)74 77 92 700 

info@keeler.co.uk 
labsphere@labsphere. 
com 
info@oceanoptics.com 

info@oceanthinfilms. 
com 
sales@palintest.com 
info@permapure.com 
info@riester.de 

www.keeler.co.uk 
www.labsphere.com 

www.oceanoptics.com 

www.oceanthinfilms. 
com 
www.palintest.com 
www.permapure.com 
www.riester.de 

  Mentor, Ohio 
  Coventry, West Midlands  Colin Amos 

Peter Mastores 

+1 (1)440 942 6161 
+44 (0)247 668 4217 

volk@volk.com 
info@volumatic.com 

www.volk.com 
www.volumatic.com 

  Kingsbury, London 
Tim Whelan 
  Abingdon, Oxfordshire  Warren Rees 
  North Shields,  
Tyne & Wear 
  Wolverhampton,  
West Midlands 

Rob Lewis 

Simon Keenan 

+44 (0)20 8200 1200 
+44 (0)1235 557700 
+44 (0)191 293 1234 

sales@castell.com 
sales@crowcon.com 
sales@elfab.com 

www.castell.com 
www.crowcon.com 
www.elfab.com 

+44 (0)1902 349000 

sales@fortressinterlocks. 
com 
sales@netherlocks.com 

www.fortressinterlocks.
com 
www.netherlocks.com 

  Alphen aan den Rijn,  

Frank Gielissen 

+31 (0)172 471339 

The Netherlands 

  Broken Arrow, Oklahoma  Bryan Sanderlin 
  Harlow, Essex 

Scott Aitken 

+1 (1)918 258 5626 
+44 (0)1279 635 849 

info@oseco.com 
sales@radio-tech.co.uk 

www.oseco.com 
www.radio-tech.co.uk 

  Paris, France 
  Witham, Essex 

Stéphane Majerus 
Mike D’Anzieri 

+33 (0)1 48 18 15 15 
+44 (0)1376 517901 

  Aberdeen, Scotland 

Simon Beswick 

+44 (0)1224 744111 

sales@servtrayvou.com 
sales@smithflowcontrol. 
com 
info@tritech.co.uk 

www.servtrayvou.com 
www.smithflowcontrol.
com 
www.tritech.co.uk 

  Cincinatti, Ohio 

Steve Sowell 

+1 (1)513 772 5501 

  Shanghai, China 

Martin Zhang 

+86 21 5206 8686 

Halmaholdings@halma 
holdings.com 
Halmachina@halma.com  www.halma.cn 

www.halma.com 

  Mumbai, India 

Kuniyur Srinivasen 

+91 (22)6708 0401 

Srini@halma.com 

www.halma.com 

Annual Report & Accounts 2010  115

Halma p.l.c. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Shareholder Information and Advisers 

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S

i

l
a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Financial calendar 

2009/10 Interim results 
2009/10 Interim dividend paid 
Interim management statement 
2009/10 Preliminary results 
2009/10 Report and Accounts issued 
Annual General Meeting and interim management statement 
2009/10 Final dividend payable 
2010/11 Interim results 
2010/11 Interim dividend payable  
Interim management statement 
2010/11 Preliminary results 

3 December 2009
10 February 2010
11 February 2010
22 June 2010
28 June 2010
29 July 2010
25 August 2010
30 November 2010
February 2011
February 2011
16 June 2011

Shareholders 
Number

% 

Shares 
Number

5,160
637
312
164
76
6,349

2009

222
143

2009

3.15
4.78
7.93

9,763,893
81.3 
8,373,105
10.0 
16,236,657
4.9 
2.6 
45,569,053
1.2  297,779,286
100.0  377,721,994

2008 

246 
182 

2008 

3.00 
4.55 
7.55 

2007

240
172

2007

2.85
4.33
7.18

2010  

264  
156  

2010  

3.31  
5.19*
8.50  

% 

2.6
2.2
4.3
12.1
78.8
100.0

2006

194
139

2006

2.71
4.12
6.83

Analysis of shareholders  
at 28 May 2010 

Number of shares held 
1 – 7,500 
7,501 – 25,000 
25,001 – 100,000 
100,001 – 750,000 
750,001 and over 

Share price  
London Stock Exchange, pence per 10p share 

Highest 
Lowest 

Dividends  
Pence per 10p share 

Interim 
Final 
Total 

.
* roposed
 P

Registered office 
Misbourne Court 
Rectory Way 
Amersham 
Bucks HP7 0DE 
Tel: +44 (0)1494 721111 
E-mail: halma@halma.com 
Website: www.halma.com 

Registered in England and Wales, No 40932 

Registrars 
Computershare Investor Services PLC 
The Pavilions 
Bridgwater Road 
Bristol BS99 6ZZ 
Tel: +44 (0)870 707 1046 
Fax: +44 (0)870 703 6103  
Website: www.investorcentre.co.uk 

116

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
w
e
i
v
e
R
s
s
e
n
s
u
B

i

t
r
o
p
e
R

’
s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D

In summary

financial Highlights

Change

2010

2009

+1% 
+9% 
+12% 
+10% 
+14% 
+7% 

Continuing operations
Revenue  
Adjusted Profit before Taxation1 
statutory Profit before Taxation 
Adjusted Earnings per share2 
statutory Earnings per share 
Total Dividend per share3 
Return on sales4
Return on Total invested Capital5 
Return on Capital Employed5 
Pro-forma information:
1 Adjusted to remove the amortisation of acquired intangible assets of £4.8m (2009: £6.3m).
2 Adjusted to remove the amortisation of acquired intangible assets. see note 2 to the accounts for details.
3 Total dividend paid and proposed per share.
4  Return on sales is defined as adjusted1 profit before taxation from continuing operations expressed as a percentage of revenue  
from continuing operations.
5  organic growth rates, Return on Total invested Capital and Return on Capital Employed are non-gAAP performance measures  
used by management in measuring the returns achieved from the group’s asset base. see note 3 to the accounts for details.

£459.1m 
£86.2m 
£81.4m 
16.89p 
16.10p 
8.50p 
18.8% 
13.6% 
61.3% 

£455.9m 
£79.1m 
£72.8m 
15.30p 
14.07p 
7.93p 
17.3% 
13.1% 
47.7% 

Dividend paid 
and proposed (£m)

Revenue (£m)

Adjusted profit 
before taxation (£m)

Return on Sales (%)

40

30

20

10

500

400

300

200

100

100

80

60

40

20

20

15

10

5

2001

2005

2010

2001

2005

2010

2001

2005

2010

2001

2005

2010

Front cover: a tag cloud derived from our investment Proposition on page 1

In this report

Directors’ Report business review
in summary 
our Business  
our strategy  
our Resources 
our Key Performance  
indicators  
Chairman’s statement  

Chief Executive’s 
strategic Review 2010 
sector Reviews 
– infrastructure sensors   16
22
– Health and Analysis  
28
– industrial safety  

 00/01
02
04
05

06
08

10 

strategy in Action 
–   Asian Business  

Expansion  

– Capital investment 
– innovation 
– Acquisitions 
– investing in People 

14
20
26
32
42

34
Financial Review  
our Risk Factors 
40
Corporate Responsibility   44

Adding value

Accelerating  
momentum

Accomplished during  
uncertain and challenging  
economic conditions

“ Record profit and 
increased rate of 
dividend growth”

Profit 2010

1972 Group revenue
£1.6m

+9%

s
k
c
o
l
r
e
t
n
I
y
t
e
f
a
S

r
e
t
a
W

n
o
i
t
c
e
t
e
D
e
r
i
F

n
o
i
t
c
e
t
e
D
s
a
G

s
k
s
i
D
g
n
i
t
s
r
u
B

y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
d
u
l
F

i

y
t
e
f
a
S
r
o
t
a
v
e
l
E

Fiberguide Industries, Inc, a US fibre optic cables specialist, was acquired in 2008.
We injected capital for new production equipment. 
£8.2m
(initial consideration)
acquisition of
Fiberguide

Key benefits
for Halma
– Value enhancing
  at acquisition
– Profit growth 
– Strengthened presence
  in Photonics market
– Technology sharing

Key benefits
for Fiberguide
– Strengthened
  management
– Manufacturing process
  improvement
– Production investment
– International sales 

see how Halma 
maintains momentum

2010 Group revenue
£459m

see global Capability 

p.03

see how we’ve performed 

p.06

see Chairman’s statement 

p.08

see Case studies 

p.14

2
7
9
1

4
7
9
1

6
7
9
1

8
7
9
1

0
8
9
1

2
8
9
1

4
8
9
1

6
8
9
1

8
8
9
1

0
9
9
1

2
9
9
1

4
9
9
1

6
9
9
1

8
9
9
1

0
0
0
2

2
0
0
2

4
0
0
2

6
0
0
2

8
0
0
2

0
1
0
2

s
r
o
s
n
e
S
y
t
i
r
u
c
e
S

s
c
i
t
p
O
h
t
l
a
e
H

s
r
o
s
n
e
S
r
o
o
D
c
i
t
a
m
o
t
u
A

g
n
i
r
o
t
i
n
o
M

t
e
s
s
A

s
c
i
n
o
t
o
h
P

Investor information 
Visit our website, www.halma.com , for investor information and Company news. In addition to accessing financial data, you can 
view and download Annual and Half year reports, analyst presentations, find contact details for Halma senior executives and 
subsidiary companies and access links to Halma subsidiary websites. You can also subscribe to an e-mail news alert service  
to automatically receive an e-mail when significant announcements are made. 

Shareholding information 
Please contact our registrars, Computershare, directly for all enquiries about your shareholding. Visit their Investor Centre 
website for online information about your shareholding (you will need your shareholder reference number which can be found 
on your share certificate or dividend tax voucher), or telephone the registrars direct using the dedicated telephone number for 
Halma shareholders (+44(0)870 707 1046). 

Dividend mandate 
Shareholders can arrange to have their dividends paid directly into their bank or building society account by completing a bank 
mandate form. The advantages to using this service are: the payment is more secure than sending a cheque through the post; 
it avoids the inconvenience of paying in a cheque and there is no risk of lost, stolen or out of date cheques. A mandate form can be 
obtained from Computershare or you will find one on the reverse of the tax voucher of your last dividend payment. 

Dividend reinvestment plan 
The Company operates a dividend reinvestment plan (‘DRIP’) which offers shareholders the option to elect to have their cash 
dividends reinvested in Halma ordinary shares purchased in the market. You can register for the DRIP online by visiting 
Computershare’s Investor Centre website (as above) or by requesting an application form direct from Computershare. 
Shareholders who wish to elect for the DRIP for the forthcoming final dividend, but have not already done so, should return  
a DRIP application form to Computershare no later than 4 August 2010. 

American Depositary Receipts 
The Halma p.l.c. American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are traded on the Over The Counter market (OTC) under the symbol 
HLMLY. One ADR represents three Halma p.l.c. ordinary shares. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is the depositary. If you should 
have any queries, please contact: 

JPMorgan Chase & Co, PO Box 64504, St Paul, MN 55164-0504, USA. E-mail: jpmorgan.adr@wellsfargo.com. General 
queries: (800) 990 1135. From outside the USA: +1 651 453 2128. 

Electronic communications 
All shareholder communications, including the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts, are made available to shareholders 
on the Halma website and you may opt to receive e-mail notification that documents and information are available to view and 
download rather than to receive paper copies through the post. Using electronic communications helps us to limit the amount 
of paper we use and assists us in reducing our costs. If you would like to sign up for this service, visit Computershare’s Investor 
Centre website, selecting ‘Electronic Shareholder Communications’ and follow the registration process. You may change the 
way you receive communications at any time by contacting Computershare. 

Share dealing facilities 
A low cost telephone dealing service has been arranged with Stocktrade which provides a simple way for buying or selling 
Halma shares. Basic commission is 0.5% up to £10,000, reducing to 0.2% thereafter (subject to a minimum commission of £15). 
For further information please call 0845 601 0995 and quote reference Low Co0198. 

Annual General Meeting 
The 116th Annual General Meeting of Halma p.l.c. will be held in the Ballroom, at The Berkeley Hotel, Wilton Place,  
London SW1X 7RL on Thursday, 29 July 2010 at 11.30 am.  

Investor Relations contacts 
Rachel Hirst/Andrew Jaques 
Hogarth Partnership Limited 
2nd Floor  
No 1 London Bridge 
London SE1 9BG 
Tel: +44 (0)20 7357 9477 
Fax: +44 (0)20 7357 8533 
E-mail: halma@hogarthpr.co.uk 

Andrew Williams 
Halma p.l.c., 
Misbourne Court 
Rectory Way 
Amersham 
Bucks HP7 0DE  
Tel: +44 (0)1494 721111 
Fax: +44 (0)1494 728032 
E-mail: investor.relations@halma.com 

Auditors 
Deloitte LLP 
Abbots House 
Abbey Street 
Reading RG1 3BD 

Brokers 
J.P. Morgan Cazenove 
10 Aldermanbury 
London EC2V 7RF 

Bankers 
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc 
280 Bishopsgate 
London EC2M 4RB 

Solicitors  
CMS Cameron McKenna LLP  
Mitre House  
160 Aldersgate Street 
London EC1A 4DD 

Financial advisers 
Lazard & Co., Limited 
50 Stratton Street 
London W1J 8LL 

Halma p.l.c. 
Annual Report & Accounts 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Halma p.l.c.  
Misbourne Court  
Rectory Way  
Amersham  
Bucks HP7 0DE

Tel:  +44 (0)1494 721111  
Fax:  +44 (0)1494 728032  
Web: www.halma.com

H
a
l
m
a
p
.
l
.
c
.

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

&
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
1
0

Printed on revive 50:50 silk, which contains  
50% recycled waste and 50% virgin fibre and is 
manufactured at a mill certified with iso 14001 
environmental management standard. The pulp  
used in this product is bleached using an  
Elemental Chlorine Free process. 

Printed by Halstan

Designed and produced by radley yeldar www.ry.com

To view our Annual Report & Accounts online,  
please visit: www.halma.com

ability
achieve

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g

s
T
R
A
T
E
g
Y

d
e
l
i
v
e
r
i
n
g

i

seCtOrs
PrOduCts
margins
resilient
f
u
t
u
r
e

fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
end customers

i

p
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

y
e
a
r

development
dIvIdend

P
o
s
i
T
i
o
n
potential returns
shareholder

consistency
reCent

c
o
m
p
a
n
e
s

i

s
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c

g
l
o
b
a
l

c
r
e
a
t
i
n
g

i

i

i

platforms

s
g
n
F
C
A
n
T
l
Y

e
n
v
I

n
C
R
E
A
s
n
g

a
s
s
e
t
s

t
a
r
g
e
t
e
d

growth

emerge

c
a
s
h
fl
o
w
s
management

c
o
m
p
e
t
i
t
i
v
e

r
O
n
m
e
n
t
A
l

m
o
m
e
n
t
u
m

sAfety
regulation
b
A
u
C
s
q
i
u
n
I
e
s
s
I
t
s
e
I
O
s
n
s

s
e
t
c
drivers
i
m
o
n
u
o
Asia
l
a
m
t
Organic
e
i
c
s
advantage
footprint
GenerAtes
reputation
inTEllECTuAl
gearing
fund
create
resources
defensive
Halma
record
n
e
w
non–discretionary
profits quAliTiEs
value

TECHnologiCAl
GeOGrAPHIC

R
E
q
u
R
E
M
E
n
T
s

t
r
a
c
k

diverse

n
v
e
s
t
m
e
n
t
s

p
r
o
d
u
c
t

s
t
r
o
n
g

p
u
r
c
h
a
s
e

l
e
v
e
l
s

i

i

iMPREssivE

sTARTing

e
n
A
b
l
e

s
u
s
t
a
n
e
d

i

A
c
q
u
i
r
e

HeAltH

Halma p.l.c.  
Annual Report & Accounts 2010